38762 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 
10 CFR Part 430 
[EERE–2020–BT–STD–0039] 
RIN 1904–AF62 
Energy Conservation Program: Energy 
Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
AGENCY : Office of Energy Efficiency and 
Renewable Energy, Department of Energy. 
ACTION : Direct final rule. 
SUMMARY : The Energy Policy and 
Conservation Act, as amended (‘‘EPCA’’), prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including miscellaneous refrigeration products. In this direct final rule, the U.S. Department of Energy (‘‘DOE’’) is adopting amended energy conservation standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products. DOE has determined that the amended energy conservation standards for these products would result in significant conservation of energy, and are technologically feasible and economically justified. 
DATES : The effective date of this rule is 
September 4, 2024. If adverse comments are received by August 26, 2024 and DOE determines that such comments may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), a timely withdrawal of this rule will be published in the Federal Register. If no such adverse comments are received, compliance with the amended standards established for miscellaneous refrigeration products in this direct final rule is required on and after January 31, 2029. Comments regarding the likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the 
ADDRESSES section on or before June 
6, 2024. 
ADDRESSES : The docket for this 
rulemaking, which includes Federal Register notices, public meeting 
attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at www.regulations.gov. All 
documents in the docket are listed in the www.regulations.gov index. 
However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure. 
The docket web page can be found at 
www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE- 2020-BT-STD-0039. The docket web 
page contains instructions on how to 
access all documents, including public comments, in the docket. 
For further information on how to 
submit a comment or review other public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287– 1445 or by email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov. 
The U.S. Department of Justice 
Antitrust Division invites input from market participants and other interested persons with views on the likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule. Interested persons may contact the Antitrust Division at www.energy.standards@usdoj.gov on or 
before the date specified in the 
DATES  
section. Please indicate in the ‘‘Subject’’ line of your email the title and Docket Number of this direct final rule. 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT : 
Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of 
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (202) 287– 5904. Email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov. 
Ms. Kristin Koernig, U.S. Department 
of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC–33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (240) 243–3383. Email: 
kristin.koernig@hq.doe.gov. 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION : 
Table of Contents 
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule 
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers 
B. Impact on Manufacturers C. National Benefits and Costs D. Conclusion 
II. Introduction 
A. Authority B. Background 1. Current Standards 2. Current Test Procedures 3. History of Standards Rulemaking for 
MREFs 
4. The Joint Agreement 
III. General Discussion 
A. Scope of Coverage B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point 
of View 
C. Technological Feasibility 1. General 2. Maximum Technologically Feasible 
Levels 
D. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 2. Significance of Savings E. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and 
Consumers b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To 
Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) 
c. Energy Savings 
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of 
Products 
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition f. Need for National Energy Conservation g. Other Factors 2. Rebuttable Presumption 
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related 
Comments 
A. Market and Technology Assessment 1. Product Classes a. Product Classes With Automatic 
Icemakers 
b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI 2. Technology Options B. Screening Analysis 1. Screened-Out Technologies 2. Remaining Technologies C. Engineering Analysis 
1. Efficiency Analysis a. Built-In Classes b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use c. Higher Efficiency Levels d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply 
Chain 
2. Cost Analysis 3. Cost-Efficiency Results D. Markups Analysis E. Energy Use Analysis F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
Analysis 
1. Product Cost 2. Installation Cost 3. Annual Energy Consumption 4. Energy Prices 5. Maintenance and Repair Costs 6. Product Lifetime 7. Discount Rates 8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No- 
New-Standards Case 
9. Payback Period Analysis G. Shipments Analysis H. National Impact Analysis 1. Product Efficiency Trends 2. National Energy Savings 3. Net Present Value Analysis I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 2. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
and Key Inputs 
a. Manufacturer Production Costs b. Shipments Projections c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios 3. Discussion of MIA Comments K. Emissions Analysis 1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in 
DOE’s Analysis 
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts 1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas 
Emissions 
a. Social Cost of Carbon b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous 
Oxide 
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 
SC–GHG Estimates 
2. Monetization of Other Emissions 
Impacts 
M. Utility Impact Analysis N. Employment Impact Analysis O. Other Comments 
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions 
A. Trial Standard Levels 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838763 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
1All references to EPCA in this document refer 
to the statute as amended through the Energy Act 
of 2020, Public Law 116–260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact 
Parts A and A–1 of EPCA. 
2For editorial reasons, upon codification in the 
U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A. 
3This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT- STD-0039-0034. 
4This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT- STD-0039-0035. 5This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT- 
STD-0039-0036. B. Economic Justification and Energy 
Savings 
1. Economic Impacts on Individual 
Consumers 
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results b. Direct Impacts on Employment c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden 3. National Impact Analysis a. Significance of Energy Savings b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs 
and Benefits 
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 4. Impact on Utility or Performance of 
Products 
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition 6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy 7. Other Factors 8. Summary of Economic Impacts C. Conclusion 1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for MREF Standards 
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the 
Adopted Standards 
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review 
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 
13563, and 14094 
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act 
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction 
Act 
D. Review Under the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates 
Reform Act of 1995 
H. Review Under the Treasury and General 
Government Appropriations Act, 1999 
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 J. Review Under the Treasury and General 
Government Appropriations Act, 2001 
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 L. Information Quality M. Congressional Notification 
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary 
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule 
The Energy Policy and Conservation 
Act, Public Law 94–163, as amended 
(‘‘EPCA’’),1authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of 
consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291– 6317, as codified) Title III, Part B of EPCA
2established the Energy 
Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles. (42 U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified) These products include miscellaneous refrigeration products (‘‘MREFs’’), the subject of this direct final rule. 
Pursuant to EPCA, any new or 
amended energy conservation standard must, among other things, be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) 
In light of the statutory authority 
above and under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs. 
The adopted standard levels in this 
direct final rule were proposed in a letter submitted to DOE jointly by groups representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and a utility. This letter, titled ‘‘Energy Efficiency Agreement of 2023’’ (hereafter, the ‘‘Joint Agreement’’
3), recommends 
specific energy conservation standards for MREFs that, in the commenters’ view, would satisfy the EPCA requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). DOE subsequently received letters of support from states, including California, Massachusetts, and New York,
4as well 
as San Diego Gas and Electric (‘‘SDG&E’’) and Southern California Edison (‘‘SCE’’) advocating for the 
adoption of the recommended standards.
5 
In accordance with the direct final 
rule provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE has determined that the recommendations contained therein are compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i), DOE is also simultaneously publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (‘‘NOPR’’) that contains the identical standards to those adopted in this direct final rule. Consistent with the statute, DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on the direct final rule. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B)) If DOE determines that any comments received may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), or any other applicable law, DOE will publish the reasons for withdrawal and continue the rulemaking under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) See section II.A of this document for more details on DOE’s statutory authority. 
The amended standards that DOE is 
adopting in this direct final rule are the efficiency levels recommended in the Joint Agreement (shown in Table I.1) expressed in terms of kilowatt hours per year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) as measured according to DOE’s current MREF test procedure codified at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 430, subpart B, appendix A (‘‘appendix A’’). 
The amended standards 
recommended in the Joint Agreement are represented as trial standard level (‘‘TSL’’) 4 in this document (hereinafter the ‘‘Recommended TSL’’) and are described in section V.A of this document. The Joint Agreement’s standards for MREFs apply to all products listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in or imported into the United States starting on January 31, 2029. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838764 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
6The average LCC savings refer to consumers that 
are affected by a standard and are measured relative 
to the efficiency distribution in the no-new- standards case, which depicts the market in the compliance year in the absence of new or amended standards (see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the baseline product (see section IV.C of this document). 7All monetary values in this document are 
expressed in 2022 dollars. unless indicated otherwise. For purposes of discounting future monetary values, the present year in the analysis was 2024. 
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers 
Table I.2 summarizes DOE’s 
evaluation of the economic impacts of 
the adopted standards on consumers of MREFs, as measured by the average life- 
cycle cost (‘‘LCC’’) savings and the simple payback period (‘‘PBP’’)
6The 
average LCC savings are positive for all product classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of MREFs, which varies by product class (see section IV.F of this document). 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the 
adopted standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this document. B. Impact on Manufacturers
7 
The industry net present value 
(‘‘INPV’’) is the sum of the discounted 
cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period (2024–2058). Using a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for 
manufacturers of MREFs in the case without amended standards is $807.7 million. Under the adopted standards, which align with the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) for MREFs, DOE 
estimates the change in INPV to range 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.001</GPH> ER07MY24.002</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table 1.1 Energy Conservation Standards for MREFs (Compliance Starting 
January 31. 2029) 
Product Class ("PC") Equations for maximum 
energy use 
(kWh/yr) 
Based on AV (ft3) 
1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 5.52AV+I09.l 
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 5.52AV +109.1 
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 5.52AV+I09.l 
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) 6.30A V + 124.6 
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 4.IIAV+ 117.4 
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 4.67AV + 133.0 
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer -automatic defrost 5.47 AV+ 196.2 +281 
with bottom-mounted freezer 
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 
automatic icemaker 
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost 6.38AV + 168.8 + 281 
without an automatic icemaker 
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 4.74AV + 155.0 
C-l3A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic 5.22AV + 170.5 
defrost 
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10 
CFR part 430. 
av= Total adjusted volume, expressed in Liters. 
I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. 
Table 1.2 Impacts of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards on Consumers of 
MREFs (The Recommended TSL) 
MREFClass Average LCC Savings Simple Payback Period 
2022$ Years 
BIC 53.56 4.4 
BICC 1.53 8.1 
C-l3A l0.60 7.3 
C-l3A-BI 12.81 7.1 
C-3A 30.95 1.7 
C-3A-BI 36.19 1.6 
FC 26.22 8.5 
FCC 12.97 6.8 38765 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
8The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’) 
energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the 
energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, 
petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.1 of this document. 9A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. 
Results for emissions other than CO 2are presented 
in short tons. 
10DOE calculated emissions reductions relative 
to the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key 
assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2023 (‘‘AEO2023’’). AEO2023 represents current Federal 
and State legislation and final implementation of regulations as of the time of its preparation. See section IV.K of this document for further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that affect air pollutant 
emissions. 
11To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG 
emissions this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). www.whitehouse.gov/wp- content/uploads/2021/02/ 
TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf (last 
accessed November 29, 2023.) 12U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of 
Reducing Directly Emitted PM 2.5, PM 2.5Precursors 
and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton- reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors (last accessed 
November 29, 2023.) 
13DOE estimates the economic value of these 
emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866. from ¥11.4 percent to ¥7.5 percent, 
which is approximately ¥$92.1 million 
to ¥$60.3 million. In order to bring 
products into compliance with amended standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total conversion costs of $130.7 million. 
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the 
adopted standards on manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document. 
C. National Benefits and Costs 
DOE’s analyses indicate that the 
adopted energy conservation standards 
for MREFs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative to the case without amended standards, the lifetime energy savings for MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the amended standards (2029–2058) amount to 0.32 quadrillion British thermal units (‘‘Btu’’), or quads.
8This represents a 
savings of 26 percent relative to the energy use of these products in the case without amended standards (referred to as the ‘‘no-new-standards case’’). 
The cumulative net present value 
(‘‘NPV’’) of total consumer benefits of the standards for MREFs ranges from $0.17 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $0.77 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased product costs for MREFs purchased in 2029–2058. 
In addition, the adopted standards for 
MREFs are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards will result in cumulative emission reductions (over 
the same period as for energy savings) of 5.85 million metric tons (‘‘Mt’’)
9of 
carbon dioxide (‘‘CO 2’’), 1.84 thousand 
tons of sulfur dioxide (‘‘SO 2’’), 10.77 
thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (‘‘NO
X’’), 48.64 thousand tons of 
methane (‘‘CH 4’’), 0.06 thousand tons of 
nitrous oxide (‘‘N 2O’’), and 0.01 tons of 
mercury (‘‘Hg’’).10 
DOE estimates the value of climate 
benefits from a reduction in greenhouse gases (‘‘GHG’’) using four different estimates of the social cost of CO
2(‘‘SC– 
CO 2’’), the social cost of methane (‘‘SC– 
CH 4’’), and the social cost of nitrous 
oxide (‘‘SC–N 2O’’). Together these 
represent the social cost of GHG (‘‘SC– GHG’’). DOE used interim SC–GHG values (in terms of benefit per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (‘‘IWG’’).
11The derivation of these 
values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.32 billion. DOE does not have a single central SC–GHG point estimate 
and it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC–GHG estimates. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of the estimated monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions. 
DOE estimated the monetary health 
benefits of SO
2and NO Xemissions 
reductions, using benefit per ton estimates from the Environmental Protection Agency (‘‘EPA’’),
12as 
discussed in section IV.L of this document. DOE estimated the present value of the health benefits would be $0.24 billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $0.62 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
13DOE is currently only 
monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine particulate matter (‘‘PM
2.5’’) concentrations from two 
precursors (SO 2and NO X), and from 
changes in ambient ozone from one precursor (for NO
X), but will continue to 
assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM
2.5emissions. 
Table I.3 summarizes the monetized 
benefits and costs expected to result from the amended standards for MREFs. There are other important unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits, unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits, and distributional effects, among others. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838766 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.003</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table 1.3 Summary of Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Energy 
Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products Shipped in 2029-
2058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL 
Billion $2022 
3% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 2.00 
Climate Benefits* 0.32 
Health Benefits** 0.62 
Total Benefitst 2.94 
Consumer Incremental Product Costst 1.23 
Net Benefits 1.71 
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)t+ (0.09) -(0.06) 
7% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.86 
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate) 0.32 
Health Benefits** 0.24 
Total Benefitst 1.42 
Consumer Incremental Product Costst 0.69 
Net Benefits 0.73 
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)tt (0.09) -(0.06) 
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the 
products shipped in 2029-2058. 
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the social cost of carbon (SC-CO2), 
methane (SC-CH4), and nitrous oxide (SC-N2O) (model average at 
2.5 percent, 3 percent, and 5 percent 
discount rates; 95th percentile at 3 percent discount rate) (see section IV.L of this document). Together 
these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits 
associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the 
importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To 
monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the 
Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates 
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. 
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only 
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2_5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health 
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from 
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. t Total and net benefits include those consumer, climate, and health benefits that can be quantified and 
monetized. For presentation purposes, total and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are 
presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-percent discount rate. 
t Costs include incremental equipment costs. 
HOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis 
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts 
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the 
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price 38767 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
14To convert the time-series of costs and benefits 
into annualized values, DOE calculated a present 
value in 2022, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated 
with each year’s shipments in the year in which the 
shipments occur (e.g., 2030), and then discounted 
the present value from each year to 2022. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual 
payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year, that yields the same present value. 
The benefits and costs of the adopted 
standards can also be expressed in terms 
of annualized values. The monetary values for the total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating costs, minus (2) the increase in product purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits of emission reductions, all annualized.
14 
The national operating cost savings 
are domestic private U.S. consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered products and 
are measured for the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period 2029¥2058. The benefits associated with reduced emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period 2029–2058. Total 
benefits for both the 3-percent and 7- percent cases are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent discount rate. Estimates of SC–GHG 
values are presented for all four discount rates in section IV.L of this document. 
Table I.4 presents the total estimated 
monetized benefits and costs associated with the standards adopted in this direct final rule, expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. 
Using a 7-percent discount rate for 
consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NO
Xand SO 2 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards adopted in this 
direct final rule is $72.7 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $61.7 million per year. 
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all 
benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the standards is $70.8 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and 
$35.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $98.0 million per year. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.004</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on 
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the 
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, 
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's 
expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash 
flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. 
Change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7 percent that 
is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD for a complete 
description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the change in INPV ranges from 
-$92 million to -$60 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in analyzing whether a trial 
standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of 
impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, 
which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in 
this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not 
be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. 
DOE includes the range of estimated INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in 
section IV.J of this document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct 
fmal rule to society, including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with 
OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the net benefit calculation for 
this direct fmal rule, the net benefits would range from $1.62 billion to $1.65 billion at 3-percent discount 
rate and would range from $0.64 billion to $0.67 billion at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate 
negative (-) values. 38768 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.005</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table 1.4 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards for MREFs Shipped 
2028 to 2057 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL) 
Million 2022$/year 
Primary Low-Net- Benefits High-Net-Benefits 
Estimate Estimate Estimate 
3% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost 115.0 111.5 116.3 Savings 
Climate Benefits* 18.3 17.7 18.5 
Health Benefits** 35.6 34.5 36.0 
Total Monetized Benefitst 168.9 163.7 170.7 
Consumer Incremental 70.8 74.9 68.7 Product Costs:t 
Monetized Net Benefits 98.0 88.8 102.0 
Change in Producer (7.7) -(5.0) Cashflow (INPV):t:t 
7% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost 90.6 88.1 91.5 Savings 
Climate Benefits* (3% 18.3 17.7 18.5 discount rate) 
Health Benefits** 25.6 24.9 25.8 
Total Benefitst 134.4 130.7 135.7 
Consumer Incremental 72.7 75.8 70.9 Product Costs:t 
Net Benefits 61.7 54.9 64.8 
Change in Producer (7.7) -(5.0) Cashflow (INPV)U 
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the 
products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize 
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High 
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline 
rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in 
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section 
IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to 
rounding. 
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of 
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average 
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point 
estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four 
sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the 
interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and 
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. 
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only 
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2.5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health 
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from 
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. 38769 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
15The information on climate benefits is provided 
in compliance with Executive Order 12866. 16Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for 
Consideration in New or Revised Energy 
Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021). 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
DOE’s analysis of the national impacts 
of the adopted standards is described in 
sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document. 
D. Conclusion 
DOE has determined that the Joint 
Agreement was submitted jointly by 
interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined that the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which contains the criteria for prescribing new or amended standards. Specifically, the Secretary has determined that the adoption of the recommended standards would result in the significant conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. The Secretary has concluded that the recommended standards, when considering the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings, would yield benefits outweighing the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers. 
Using a 7-percent discount rate for 
consumer benefits and costs and NOx and SO
2reduction benefits, and a 3- 
percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year. DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of the climate benefits,
15 
and DOE would adopt the same standards in the absence of such benefits. 
The significance of energy savings 
offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.
16For example, some 
covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case- by-case basis. 
As previously mentioned, the 
standards are projected to result in estimated national energy savings of 0.32 quads full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce cumulative CO
2emissions by 5.85 million metric 
tons. Based on these findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the basis for 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.006</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-
percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate. t Costs include incremental equipment costs. 
UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis 
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts 
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the 
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price 
experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on 
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the 
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, 
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's 
expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash 
flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. The 
annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7 
percent that is estimated in the MIA (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule technical support document for a 
complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized change 
in INPV ranges from $7. 7 million to $5 .0 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in 
analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE 
is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation 
of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer 
Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE 
assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in 
manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above 
table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context 
for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in 
production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were 
to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net 
benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from 
$54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values. 38770 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
17The direct final rule TSD is available in the 
docket for this rulemaking at www.regulations.gov/ 
docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039/document. 
18For editorial reasons, upon codification in the 
U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A. these conclusions is contained in the 
remainder of this document and the accompanying technical support document (‘‘TSD’’).
17 
Under the authority provided by 42 
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs. Consistent with this authority, DOE is also simultaneously publishing elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register a NOPR proposing standards 
that are identical to those contained in this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 
6295(p)(4)(A)(i). 
II. Introduction 
The following section briefly 
discusses the statutory authority 
underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of standards for MREFs. 
A. Authority 
EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the 
energy efficiency of a number of 
consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part B of EPCA
18established the Energy 
Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles, which, in addition to identifying particular consumer products and commercial equipment as covered under the statute, permits the Secretary of Energy to classify additional types of consumer products as covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20)) DOE added MREFs as covered products through a final determination of coverage published in the Federal Register on July 18, 2016 (the ‘‘July 2016 Final Coverage Determination’’). 81 FR 46768. MREFs are consumer refrigeration products other than refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers, which include coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products. 10 CFR 430.2. MREFs include refrigeration products such as coolers (e.g., wine chillers and 
other specialty products) and combination cooler refrigeration products (e.g., wine chillers and other 
specialty compartments combined with a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers). EPCA further provides that, not later than 6 years after the issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Not later than 3 years after issuance of a final determination not to amend standards, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(3)(B)) 
The energy conservation program 
under EPCA, consists essentially of four parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6291), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6293), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6294), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6295), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6296). 
Federal energy efficiency 
requirements for covered products established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6297(a)–(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C. 
6297(d)) 
Subject to certain criteria and 
conditions, DOE is required to develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(r)) Manufacturers of covered products must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making 
representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test procedure for MREFs appears at appendix A (Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products). 
DOE must follow specific statutory 
criteria for prescribing new or amended standards for covered products, including MREFs. Any new or amended standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)) 
Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a 
standard (1) for certain products, including MREFs, if no test procedure has been established for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)–(B)) In deciding whether a proposed standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven statutory factors: 
(1) The economic impact of the 
standard on manufacturers and consumers of the products subject to the standard; 
(2) The savings in operating costs 
throughout the estimated average life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered products that are likely to result from the standard; 
(3) The total projected amount of 
energy (or as applicable, water) savings likely to result directly from the standard; 
(4) Any lessening of the utility or the 
performance of the covered products likely to result from the standard; 
(5) The impact of any lessening of 
competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the standard; 
(6) The need for national energy and 
water conservation; and 
(7) Other factors the Secretary of 
Energy (‘‘Secretary’’) considers relevant. 
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII)) 
Further, EPCA, as codified, 
establishes a rebuttable presumption 
that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838771 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
19The negotiated term sheets are available in 
docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on 
www.regulations.gov. EPCA, as codified, also contains what 
is known as an ‘‘anti-backsliding’’ 
provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)) 
EPCA specifies requirements when 
promulgating an energy conservation standard for a covered product that has two or more subcategories. A rule prescribing an energy conservation standard for a type (or class) of product 
must specify a different standard level for a type or class of products that has the same function or intended use if DOE determines that products within such group (A) consume a different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other performance-related feature which other products within such type (or class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products, DOE considers such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. (Id.) Any rule prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2)) 
Additionally, pursuant to the 
amendments contained in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (‘‘EISA 2007’’), Public Law 110–140, final rules for new or amended energy conservation standards promulgated after July 1, 2010, are required to address standby mode and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if justified by the criteria for adoption of standards under EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into a single standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(A)–(B)) DOE’s current test 
procedure for MREFs addresses standby mode and off mode energy use, as do the amended standards adopted in this direct final rule. 
Finally, EISA 2007 amended EPCA, in 
relevant part, to grant DOE authority to issue a final rule (i.e., a ‘‘direct final 
rule’’) establishing an energy conservation standard upon receipt of a statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates), as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with respect 
to an energy or water conservation standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 
The direct final rule must be 
published simultaneously with a NOPR that proposes an energy or water conservation standard that is identical to the standard established in the direct final rule, and DOE must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)–(B)) While DOE typically provides a comment period of 60 days on proposed standards, for a NOPR accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the same length as the comment period on the direct final rule—i.e., 110 days. Based 
on the comments received during this period, the direct final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule in the same manner. (Id.) 
DOE has previously explained its 
interpretation of its direct final rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department’s ‘‘Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products’’ at 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A (‘‘Process Rule’’), DOE noted that it may issue standards recommended by interested persons that are fairly representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings, which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as consensus agreements under DOE’s direct final rule authority. Id. DOE’s 
discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard that results in the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified—a requirement found in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Id. As such, 
DOE’s review and analysis of the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). 
B. Background 
1. Current Standards 
In a direct final rule published on 
October 28, 2016 (‘‘October 2016 Final 
Rule’’), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for MREFs manufactured on and after October 28, 2019. 81 FR 75194. These standards are set forth in DOE’s regulations at 10 CFR 430.32(aa)(1)–(2). These standards are consistent with a negotiated term sheet submitted to DOE by interested parties representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, and consumer groups.
19 
2. Current Test Procedures 
On October 12, 2021, DOE published 
a test procedure final rule (‘‘October 2021 TP Final Rule’’) amending the test procedure for MREFs, at appendix A. 86 FR 56790. The test procedure amendments included adopting the latest version of the relevant industry standard published by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (‘‘AHAM’’), updated in 2019, AHAM Standard HRF–1, ‘‘Energy and Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances’’ (‘‘HRF–1–2019’’). 10 CFR 430.3(i)(4). The standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are based on the annual energy use (‘‘AEU’’) metrics as measured according to appendix A. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838772 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
20The signatories to the Joint Agreement include 
AHAM, American Council for an Energy-Efficient 
Economy, Alliance for Water Efficiency, Appliance Standards Awareness Project, Consumer Federation of America, Consumer Reports, Earthjustice, National Consumer Law Center, Natural Resources Defense Council, Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company. Members of AHAM’s Major Appliance Division that manufacture the affected products include: Alliance Laundry Systems, LLC; Asko Appliances AB; Beko US Inc.; Brown Stove Works, Inc.; BSH; Danby Products, Ltd.; Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; Elicamex S.A. de C.V.; Faber; Fotile America; GEA, a Haier Company; L’Atelier Paris Haute Design LLG; LGEUSA; Liebherr USA, Co.; Midea America Corp.; Miele, Inc.; Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America; Perlick Corporation; Samsung; Sharp Electronics Corporation; Smeg S.p.A; Sub-Zero Group, Inc.; The Middleby Corporation; U-Line Corporation; Viking Range, LLC; and Whirlpool. 
21The Joint Agreement contained 
recommendations for 6 covered products: refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; clothes washers; clothes dryers; dishwashers; cooking products; and miscellaneous refrigeration products. 
22The term sheet is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0034. 3. History of Standards Rulemaking for 
MREFs 
On April 1, 2015, DOE published a 
notice announcing its intention to establish a negotiated rulemaking working group under the Appliance Standards Rulemaking Advisory Committee (‘‘ASRAC’’) to negotiate energy conservation standards for refrigeration products such as wine chillers. 80 FR 17355. DOE then created a working group of interested parties to develop a series of recommended energy conservation standards for MREFs. On July 18, 2016, DOE published the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination that added MREFs as covered products. 81 FR 46768. In that determination, DOE noted that MREFs, on average, consume more than 150 kilowatt hours per year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) and that the aggregate annual national energy use of these products exceeds 4.2 terawatt hours (‘‘TWh’’). 81 FR 46768, 46775. In addition to establishing coverage, the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination established definitions for ‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration products,’’ ‘‘coolers,’’ and ‘‘combination cooler refrigeration products’’ in 10 CFR 430.2. 81 FR 46768, 46791–46792. 
On October 28, 2016, a negotiated 
term sheet containing a series of recommended standards and other related recommendations were submitted to ASRAC for approval and, subsequently, DOE published the October 2016 Direct Final Rule adopting energy conservation standards 
consistent with the recommendations contained in the term sheet. 81 FR 75194. Concurrent with the October 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE published a NOPR in which it proposed and requested comments on the standards set forth in the direct final rule. 81 FR 74950. On May 26, 2017, DOE published a notice in the Federal 
Register in which it determined that the 
comments received in response to the October 2016 Direct Final Rule did not provide a reasonable basis for withdrawing the rule and, therefore, confirmed the adoption of the energy conservation standards established in 
that direct final rule. 82 FR 24214. 
4. The Joint Agreement 
On September 25, 2023, DOE received 
a joint statement of recommended 
standards (i.e., the Joint Agreement) for 
various consumer products, including MREFs, submitted jointly by groups representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and a utility.
20In addition to the 
recommended standards for MREFs, the Joint Agreement also included separate recommendations for several other 
covered products.
21And, while 
acknowledging that DOE may implement these recommendations in separate rulemakings, the Joint Agreement also stated that the recommendations were recommended as a complete package and each recommendation is contingent upon the other parts being implemented. DOE understands this to mean that the Joint Agreement is contingent upon DOE initiating rulemaking processes to adopt all of the recommended standards in the agreement. That is distinguished from an agreement where issuance of an amended energy conservation standard for a covered product is contingent on issuance of amended energy conservation standards for the other covered products. If the Joint Agreement were so construed, it would conflict with the anti-backsliding provision in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1), because it would imply the possibility that, if DOE were unable to issue an amended standard for a certain product, it would have to withdraw a previously issued standard for one of the other products. The anti- backsliding provision, however, prevents DOE from withdrawing or amending an energy conservation 
standard to be less stringent. As a result, DOE will be proceeding with individual rulemakings that will evaluate each of the recommended standards separately under the applicable statutory criteria. The Joint Agreement recommends amended standard levels for MREFs as presented in Table II.3. (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 4) Details of the Joint Agreement recommendations for other products are provided in the Joint Agreement posted in the docket.
22 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838773 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
23The parenthetical reference provides a 
reference for information located in the docket of 
DOE’s rulemaking to develop energy conservation standards for MREFs. (Docket No. EERE–2020–BT– STD–0039, which is maintained at www.regulations.gov). The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID number, page of that document). 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
When the Joint Agreement was 
submitted, DOE was conducting a 
rulemaking to consider amending the standards for MREFs. As part of that process, DOE published a NOPR and 
announced a public meeting on March 31, 2023 (‘‘March 2023 NOPR’’) seeking comment on its proposed amended standards to inform its decision consistent with its obligations under EPCA and the Administrative Procedure Act (‘‘APA’’). 88 FR 19382. DOE held a public webinar on May 2, 2023, to discuss and receive comments on the March 2023 NOPR and NOPR TSD (‘‘May 2, 2023, public meeting’’). The NOPR TSD is available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE- 2020-BT-STD-0039-0026. The March 
2023 NOPR proposed amended standards defined in terms of the AEU metrics as measured according to appendix A. Id. at 88 FR 19383–19384. 
Although DOE is adopting the Joint 
Agreement as a direct final rule and no longer proceeding with its prior rulemaking, DOE did consider relevant comments, data, and information obtained during that rulemaking process in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Any discussion of comments, data, or information in this direct final rule that were obtained during DOE’s prior rulemaking will include a parenthetical reference that provides the location of the item in the public record.
23 
III. General Discussion 
DOE is issuing this direct final rule 
after determining that the recommended standards submitted in the Joint Agreement meet the requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). More specifically, DOE has determined that the recommended standards were submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view and the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). 
A. Scope of Coverage 
This direct final rule covers those 
consumer products that meet the 
definition of ‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product,’’ as codified at 10 CFR 430.2, which states that it is a consumer refrigeration product other 
than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or freezer, which includes coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products. 
The differences between 
miscellaneous refrigeration products and other consumer refrigeration products, which were addressed in a separate rulemaking for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, are largely in compartment temperature capability. Refrigerators are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining a compartment temperature above 32 °F and below 39 °F. Freezers 
are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining compartment temperature of 0 °F or below. 
Refrigerator-freezers have two or more 
compartments, with one capable of maintaining compartment temperatures above 32 °F and below 39 °F (i.e., a fresh 
food or refrigerator compartment), and the other capable of maintaining a compartment temperature of 8 °F with 
adjustability down to 0 °F or below (i.e., 
a frozen food or freezer compartment). Miscellaneous refrigeration products generally include a cooler compartment that is incapable of maintaining the low temperatures achieved by refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.007</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table 11.1 Recommended Amended Energy Conservation Standards for 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
Product Class Level (Based on AV (ft')) Compliance Date 
1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) 6.30A V + 124.6 January 31, 2029 
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic 4.llAV + 117.4 January 31, 2029 defrost 
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator -4.67AV + 133.0 January 31, 2029 automatic defrost 
C-5-BI. NEW PRODUCT CLASS: 
Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer - 5.47AV + 196.2 +281 January 31, 2029 
automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer 
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 January 31, 2029 defrost without an automatic icemaker 
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer 
with automatic defrost without an automatic 6.38A V + 168.8 + 281 January 31, 2029 
icemaker 
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator -4.74AV + 155.0 January 31, 2029 automatic defrost 
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-5.22AV + 170.5 January 31, 2029 refrigerator -automatic defrost 
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10 CFR 
part 430. 
I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. 38774 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
24Manufacturers listed in the Joint Agreement 
include: Asko Appliances AB, BSH Home 
Appliances Corporation, Danby Products, Ltd., Electrolux Home Products, Inc, GE Appliances, a Haier Company, Liebherr USA, Co., Electronics America Inc., LG Electronics, Midea America Corp., Miele, Inc., Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America, Smeg S.p.A, Sub-Zero Group, Inc., The Middleby Corporation (listed with subsidiaries U-Line Corporation and Viking Range, LLC). 
25DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that 
considers impacts for products shipped in a 9-year period. Coolers (and cooler compartments) have 
temperature ranges that either extend no lower than 39 °F, or no lower than 37 °F 
but at least as high as 60 °F. 
Combination-coolers contain a fresh food and/or frozen food compartment in addition to one or more cooler compartments. See 10 CFR 430.2 for 
more information regarding consumer refrigeration products definitions. 
When evaluating and establishing 
energy conservation standards, DOE divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy used, or by capacity, or based upon performance- related features that justify a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. (Id.) 
The Joint Agreement proposed 
approach for MREF product classes embeds within the energy use equations the difference between classes for MREFs that are otherwise identical except for presence of an icemaker, 
using a logical variable I (equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker and equal to 0 for a product without an icemaker) multiplied by the constant icemaker energy use adder. 
The product class representation 
simplification in the Joint Agreement is consistent with what was proposed by DOE in the March 2023 NOPR. Based on the comments received in response to the March 2023 NOPR and DOE’s evaluation of the Joint Agreement, this direct final rule adopts this change. See section IV.A.1 of this document for further detail and discussion regarding the product classes analyzed in this direct final rule. 
B. Fairly Representative of Relevant 
Point of View 
Under the direct final rule provision 
in EPCA, recommended energy conservation standards must be submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates) as determined by DOE. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)) With respect to this requirement, DOE notes that the Joint Agreement included a trade association, AHAM, which represents 15 manufacturers of MREFs.
24The Joint Agreement also included environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocacy organizations, and a gas and electric utility company. As a result, DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted by interested persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view. Additionally, DOE received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement from the States of New York, California, and Massachusetts. (See NYSERDA, et al., No. 35 at p. 2) DOE also received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement from the gas and electric utility, SDG&E, and the electric utility, SCE (See SDG&E, et al., No. 36 at p. 1). 
C. Technological Feasibility 1. General 
In each energy conservation standards 
rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening 
analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve the efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially available products or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. Sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430, subpart C (‘‘Process Rule’’). 
After DOE has determined that 
particular technology options are technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on product utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Sections 7(b)(2)–(5) of the Process Rule. Section IV.B of this document discusses the results of the screening analysis for MREFs, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the 
direct final rule TSD. 
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible 
Levels 
When DOE proposes to adopt a new 
or amended standard for a type or class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (‘‘max-tech’’) improvements in energy efficiency for MREFs, using the design parameters for the most efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C of this document and in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
D. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 
For each TSL, DOE projected energy 
savings from application of the TSL to 
MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with the amended standards (2029– 2058).
25The savings are measured over 
the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the no- new-standards case. The no-new- standards case represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for a product would likely 
evolve in the absence of amended energy conservation standards. 
DOE used its national impact analysis 
(‘‘NIA’’) spreadsheet models to estimate national energy savings (‘‘NES’’) from potential amended standards for MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the locations where they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site electricity. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed in 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838775 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
26The FFC metric is discussed in DOE’s 
statement of policy and notice of policy 
amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). extracting, processing, and transporting 
primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, 
petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.
26DOE’s 
approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered products or 
equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document. 
2. Significance of Savings 
To adopt any new or amended 
standards for a covered product, DOE 
must determine that such action would result in significant energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) 
The significance of energy savings 
offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking. For example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case- by-case basis, taking into account the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, among other factors. 
As stated, the standard levels adopted 
in this direct final rule are projected to result in national energy savings of 0.32 quads (FFC), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes. Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in emissions, and need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). 
E. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria 
As noted previously, EPCA provides 
seven factors to be evaluated in 
determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking. a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers 
In determining the impacts of 
potential amended standards on manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must comply with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers. 
For individual consumers, measures 
of economic impact include the changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a standard. 
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared 
to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) 
EPCA requires DOE to consider the 
savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered product that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis. 
The LCC is the sum of the purchase 
price of a product (including its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the product. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, 
such as product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates appropriate 
for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value. 
The PBP is the estimated amount of 
time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a more- efficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect. 
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE 
assumes that consumers will purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with new or amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of new or amended standards. DOE’s LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document. 
c. Energy Savings 
Although significant conservation of 
energy is a separate statutory 
requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings. 
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of 
Products 
In establishing product classes, and in 
evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration in this rulemaking. 
e. Impact of Any Lessening of 
Competition 
EPCA directs DOE to consider the 
impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838776 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
Attorney General, that is likely to result 
from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will transmit a copy of this direct final rule to the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’) provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ’s comments on the rule in determining whether to withdraw the direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ’s comments in the Federal Register in a separate notice. 
f. Need for National Energy 
Conservation 
DOE also considers the need for 
national energy and water conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the Nation’s energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for 
maintaining the reliability of the Nation’s electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the Nation’s needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of this document. 
DOE finds that environmental and 
public health benefits associated with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases (‘‘GHGs’’) associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the estimated emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this document. 
g. Other Factors 
In determining whether an energy 
conservation standard is economically justified, DOE may consider any other 
factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the other categories described previously, DOE could consider such information under ‘‘other factors.’’ 
2. Rebuttable Presumption 
As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a 
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE’s LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential amended energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of this 
analysis serve as the basis for DOE’s evaluation of the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section IV.F of this document. 
IV. Methodology and Discussion of 
Related Comments 
This section addresses the analyses 
DOE has performed for this rulemaking with regard to MREFs. Separate subsections address each component of DOE’s analyses, including relevant comments DOE received in its separate rulemaking to amend the energy conservation standards for MREFs prior to receiving the Joint Agreement. 
DOE used several analytical tools to 
estimate the impact of the standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended energy conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation 
standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the DOE website for this rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/ 
docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of the Energy Information Administration’s (‘‘EIA’s’’) Annual Energy Outlook (‘‘AEO’’) for the emissions and utility impact analyses. 
A. Market and Technology Assessment 
DOE develops information in the 
market and technology assessment that 
provides an overall picture of the market for the products concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used in the products. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope of the rulemaking and product classes, (2) manufacturers and industry structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information, (5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options that could improve the energy efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of DOE’s market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further discussion of the market and technology assessment. 
1. Product Classes 
The Joint Agreement specifies 11 
product classes for MREFs. (Joint 
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) In particular, the Joint Agreement recommends a consolidated product class representation, which incorporates icemaker energy adders and door allowances into the energy use equations for product classes in which they are applicable. As discussed further in section IV.A.1.a of this document, DOE notes that the consolidation of product class representation in the Joint Agreement does not combine the product classes, but rather serves to simplify the list of classes, in particular for those product classes with and without icemakers, and facilitates the implementation of a single equation for representation of their maximum allowable energy use. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the product classes from the Joint Agreement, as listed in Table IV.1. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838777 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
27EPCA specifies that DOE may not prescribe an 
amended or new standard if the Secretary finds 
(and publishes such finding) that interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the 
unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States at the time of the Secretary’s finding. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)) 
DOE further notes that product classes 
established through EPCA’s direct final 
rule authority are not subject to the criteria specified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1) for establishing product classes. Nevertheless, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)—which is applicable to direct final rules—DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not result in the unavailability in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics, features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States currently.
27DOE’s findings in this 
regard are discussed in detail in section V.B.4 of this document. 
a. Product Classes With Automatic 
Icemakers 
The Joint Agreement includes a 
proposed simplification of maximum allowable energy and expresses the maximum allowable energy use for both icemaking and non-icemaking classes in the same equation, thus consolidating the presentation of classes and their energy conservation standards. The energy use equations will, for those classes that may or may not have an icemaker, include a term equal to the icemaking energy use adder multiplied by a factor that is defined to equal 1 for products with icemakers and to equal 0 
for products without icemakers. This approach does not combine classes that are the same other than the presence of an icemaker but does simplify the list of classes and representation of their maximum allowable energy use, providing for each set of classes with and without ice makers a single equation for maximum energy use. This simplification is consistent with the approach proposed in the March 2023 NOPR. See 88 FR 19382, 19395. 
In this direct final rule, DOE is 
adopting the Joint Agreement proposal to express the maximum allowable energy use for any set of classes differing only in whether the class includes an icemaker or not within a single equation. The single equation does this by including the icemaker energy use adder multiplied by logical variable I that is set equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker present and 0 for a product without an icemaker. 
b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI 
The Joint Agreement recommends the 
addition of a new product class C–5–BI 
(i.e., built-in combination cooler- 
refrigerator-freezers with bottom- mounted freezers and automatic icemakers) and specific energy efficiency standards for the new product class (‘‘PC’’). (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) The current energy conservation standards for MREFs do not include a separate product class for products of this configuration. However, DOE has previously proposed establishing a separate product class for C–5–BI configurations in the March 2023 NOPR, with a baseline level of 6.08AV + 246 kWh/yr, based in part on input from commenters, and considered increased efficiency levels using PC C–3A–BI as a proxy. 88 FR 19382, 19395. 
The Joint Agreement recommends a 
standard equation of 5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I kWh/yr for product class C–5–BI. DOE notes that this recommended level is consistent with the level proposed in the March 2023 NOPR for product class C–5–BI, which represents a 10 percent more stringent level than the baseline level identified in the March 2023 NOPR. 
Considering that the recommendation 
is consistent with the proposed level in the March 2023 NOPR and carries support from a broad cross-section of interests, including trade associations representing these manufactures, environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocates, and electric utility providers as well as the support of several States, DOE believes it appropriate to adopt this new product class, C–5–BI, and the recommended standard equation. DOE’s direct rulemaking authority under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) is constrained only by the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which does not include the product class requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(q). However, DOE notes that the addition of a PC C–5–BI is warranted as the application of bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker on a built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer provides consumers the utility of storage compartments at freezing, fresh food, and cooler temperature levels, whereas the current classes combine a cooler compartment with either a freezer or fresh food compartment, but not both. In addition, establishing separate classes of this configuration both with and without automatic icemaking addresses the unique utility of icemaking that may be 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.008</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.l Recommended Product Classes for Miscellaneous Refrigeration 
Products 
Product Class 
I. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) 
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator 
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic 
icemaker 
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an 
automatic icemaker 
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator -automatic defrost 38778 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
included as part of the product. As a 
result of this additional utility, the 
application of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker constitutes a performance related feature. 
Given the indication from the Joint 
Agreement that such a product class standard would be beneficial in its implementation, the classification of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker as performance related features, and the recommendation’s consistency with the other adopted standards, DOE is adopting a PC C–5–BI standard in this 
direct final rule. 
See section V of this document for 
more information regarding the TSL configuration and discussion of the adopted level for this product class. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion regarding the addition 
of this product class. 
2. Technology Options 
In the preliminary market analysis 
and technology assessment, DOE 
identified 36 technology options initially determined to improve the 
efficiency of MREFs, as measured by the DOE test procedure. In this direct final rule, DOE considered the technology options listed in Table IV.2, consistent with the table of technology options presented in the March 2023 NOPR. 88 FR 19382, 19395–19396. Chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD includes a detailed list and descriptions of all technology options identified for MREFs. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838779 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.009</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.2 Technolo!!V Options Identified for MREFs 
Insulation 
1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type) 
2. Increased insulation thickness 
3. Vacuum-insulated panels 
4. Gas-filled insulation panels 
Gaskets and Anti-Sweat Heat 
5. Improved gaskets 
6. Double door gaskets 
7. Anti-sweat heat 
Doors 
8. Low-E coatings 
9. Inert gas fill 
10. Vacuum-insulated glass 
11. Additional panes 
12. Frame design 
13. Solid door 
Compressor 
14. Improved compressor efficiency 
15. Variable-speed compressors 
16. Linear compressors 
Evaporator 
1 7. Increased surface area 
18. Forced-convection evaporator 
19. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs) 
20. Multiple evaporators 
Condenser 
21. Increased surface area 
22. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs) 
23. Forced-convection condenser 
Defrost System 
24. Off-cycle defrost 
25. Reduced energy for active defrost 
26. Adaptive defrost 
27. Condenser hot gas defrost 
Control System 
28. Electronic temperature control 
29. Air-distribution control 
Other Technolo2ies 
30. Fan and fan motor improvements 
31. Improved expansion valve 
32. Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valve 
33. Alternative refrigerants 
34. Improved refrigerant piping 
3 5. Component location 
36. Alternative refrigeration systems 38780 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
B. Screening Analysis 
DOE uses the following five screening 
criteria to determine which technology 
options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking: 
(1) Technological feasibility. 
Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial products or in commercially viable, existing prototypes will not be considered further. 
(2) Practicability to manufacture, 
install, and service. If it is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial products and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further. 
(3) Impacts on product utility. If a 
technology is determined to have a 
significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered product 
type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the United States at the time, it will not be considered further. 
(4) Safety of technologies. If it is 
determined that a technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further. 
(5) Unique-pathway proprietary 
technologies. If a technology has 
proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the potential for monopolistic concerns. 
10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, 
sections 6(b)(3) and 7(b). 
In sum, if DOE determines that a 
technology, or a combination of 
technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering analysis. The reasons 
for eliminating any technology are discussed in the following sections. 
The subsequent sections include 
DOE’s evaluation of each technology option against the screening analysis criteria and whether DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (‘‘screened out’’) based on the screening criteria. 
1. Screened-Out Technologies 
In this direct final rule, DOE screened 
out the technologies presented in Table 
IV.3 on the basis of technological feasibility, practicability to manufacture, install, and service, adverse impacts on utility or availability, adverse impacts on health and safety, and/or unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD includes a detailed description of the screening analysis for each of these technology options. 
2. Remaining Technologies 
Through a review of each technology, 
DOE concludes that all of the other identified technologies listed in section 
IV.B.2 of this document met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design options in DOE’s direct final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not 
screen out the following technology options: 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.010</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.3 Technolo~ies Screened Out in the Direct Final Rule 
Solid doors 
Ultra-low-E (reflective) glass doors 
Vacuum-insulated glass 
Improved gaskets and double gaskets 
Linear compressors 
Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valves 
Evaporator tube and fin enhancements 
Condenser tube and fin enhancements ( except microchannel condensers) 
Condenser hot gas defrost 
Improved refrigerant piping 
Component location 
Alternative refrigeration systems 
Improved VIPs 38781 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
DOE determined that these 
technology options are technologically 
feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in commercially-available products or working prototypes. DOE also finds that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening criteria (i.e., practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, product availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD. C. Engineering Analysis 
The purpose of the engineering 
analysis is to establish the relationship 
between the efficiency and cost of MREFs. There are two elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection of efficiency levels to analyze (i.e., the ‘‘efficiency analysis’’) and the 
determination of product cost at each efficiency level (i.e., the ‘‘cost 
analysis’’). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency products, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not eliminated by the screening analysis. For each product class, DOE estimates the baseline cost, as well as the 
incremental cost for the product/ equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency ‘‘curves’’ that are used in downstream analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses 
and the NIA). 
1. Efficiency Analysis 
DOE typically uses one of two 
approaches to develop energy efficiency 
levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed efficiency levels in the market (i.e., the efficiency-level 
approach), or (2) determining the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.011</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.4 Technolo~ies Remainin~ in the Direct Final Rule 
Insulation 
1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type) 
2. Increased insulation thickness 
3. Gas-filled insulation panels 
4. Vacuum-insulated panels 
Gasket and Anti-Sweat Heat 
5. Anti-sweat heat 
Doors 
6. Low-E coatings 
7. Inert gas fill 
8. Additional panes 
9. Frame design 
Compressor 
10. Improved compressor efficiency 
11. Variable-speed compressors 
Evaporator 
12. Forced-convection evaporator 
13. Increased surface area 
14. Multiple evaporators 
Condenser 
15. Increased surface area 
16. Microchannel designs 
17. Forced-convection condenser 
Defrost System 
18. Reduced energv for automatic defrost 
19. Adaptive defrost 
20. Off-cycle defrost 
Control System 
21. Electronic Temperature control 
22. Air-distribution control 
Other Technologies 
23. Fan and fan motor improvements 
24. Improved expansion valve 
25. Alternative Refrigerants 38782 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
28See the October 12, 2021, test procedure final 
rule for refrigeration products for more information 
regarding the adoption of the 28 kWh/yr icemaker adder. 86 FR 56790. incremental efficiency improvements 
associated with incorporating specific design options to a baseline model (i.e., the design-option approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined based on the market distribution of existing products (in other words, based on the range of efficiencies and efficiency level ‘‘clusters’’ that already exist on the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined through detailed engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency improvements from implementing specific design options that have been identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level approach (based on actual products on the market) may be extended using the design option approach to interpolate to define ‘‘gap fill’’ levels (to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/or to extrapolate to the ‘‘max-tech’’ level (particularly in cases where the ‘‘max- tech’’ level exceeds the maximum efficiency level currently available on the market). 
The approach used for this direct final 
rule to define the efficiency levels for analysis is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. 
For its analysis in this direct final 
rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design option approach to directly analyze five products classes: freestanding compact coolers, freestanding coolers, and combination cooler classes C–13A, C–3A, and C–9. First, an efficiency-level approach was used to establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. Several products from the cooler class (compact and standard size) and one product from the combination cooler class (C–13A) were used in physical teardowns. Additional analyses were conducted on classes C–3A and C–9; however, a lack of physical teardown products for these classes led DOE to rely heavily on adjusted analyses from the consumer refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezers (‘‘RF’’) classes 3 and 9, respectively. Then, a design option approach was used to extend the analysis through ‘‘built-down’’ efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’ efficiency levels where there were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. As discussed in the section that follows, 
DOE applied its direct analyses of freestanding products to the corresponding built-in product classes. 
DOE’s direct analysis informed the adopted standards for those product classes that were not directly analyzed. See section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion on DOE’s efficiency analysis. 
a. Built-in Classes 
In this direct final rule analysis, DOE 
used the freestanding MREF classes as 
proxies for built-in classes. DOE conducted analysis of the current market for miscellaneous refrigeration products and found that built-in and freestanding products occupy the same range of efficiencies, and DOE did not identify any unique characteristic that would inhibit efficiency improvements for built-in products relative to freestanding products based on a review on the market. As a result, DOE chose to apply its freestanding products analyses to built-in classes. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM and Sub-zero Group Inc. (‘‘Sub- zero’’) argued that freestanding product classes are not a proxy for built-in product classes and DOE should evaluate them separately. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 6; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 1) AHAM and Sub-zero stated that built-in products have constraints, such as incorporation into kitchen designs and needing to be flush with cabinetry, that affect that the technology options for achieving higher efficiency levels. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 6–7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) AHAM and Sub-Zero also stated that different testing requirements for built-ins (e.g., two inches or less of 
rear clearance for freestanding products as opposed to no rear clearance for built-in products) creates inherent design differences between the freestanding and built-in products. Id. AHAM and Sub-zero encouraged DOE to revise its analysis to separately analyze freestanding and built-in 
products, contending that these products are fundamentally different. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) 
As discussed in section IV.C.1.c of 
this document, the efficiency levels analyzed for this direct final rule represent a percentage reduction in energy use below the currently applicable standard for each product class. DOE’s analysis of the freestanding product classes as a proxy for the built- in product classes does not presume that the two product types have the same nominal costs at each higher efficiency level, but rather reflects that incremental design changes associated 
with reducing energy use on a percentage basis—relative to the currently applicable standard for each respective product type—are 
substantially similar between freestanding and built-in products. To reflect the inherent design differences between built-in products compared to free-standing products, as described by commenters, DOE applied a $30, $50, or $150 adder (depending on product size) to the baseline costs for the built-in 
product classes compared to their freestanding counterparts. See chapter 5 
of the direct final rule TSD for further details regarding the engineering analysis conducted for each product class. 
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use 
For each product class, DOE generally 
selects a baseline model as a reference 
point for each class, and measures changes resulting from potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The baseline model in each product class represents the characteristics of a product/equipment typical of that class (e.g., capacity, 
physical size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the baseline is typically the most common or least efficient unit on the market. When selecting units for the analysis, DOE selects units at baseline from various manufacturers for each directly analyzed product class. 
For this direct final rule, DOE chose 
baseline efficiency levels represented by the current Federal energy conservation standards, expressed as maximum annual energy consumption as a function of the product’s adjusted volume. The baseline levels differ for coolers and combination coolers to account for design differences; all coolers share the same baseline level, i.e., the baseline is the same function of 
adjusted volume for both freestanding and built-in models, for both compact and standard-size models. The current standards incorporate an allowance of a constant 84 kWh/yr icemaker adder for product classes with automatic icemakers, consistent with the current test procedure, which requires adding this amount of annual energy use to the products tested performance if the product has an automatic icemaker. DOE adjusted the baseline energy usage levels for each class to account for the planned revision in the test procedure to reduce the icemaker energy use adder to 28 kWh/yr.
28 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838783 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
29See EnergyStar, ‘‘Refrigerators & Freezers Key 
Product Criteria,’’ Available at www.energystar.gov/ products/appliances/refrigerators/key_ product_
criteria (last accessed July 14, 2023). DOE directly analyzed a sample of 
market representative models from 
within five product classes from multiple manufacturers. Directly analyzed classes include three different AV coolers (AVs of 3 ft
3, 5 ft3, and 15 
ft3) and three combination cooler classes 
(C–13A, C–9 and C–3A). In conducting these analyses, eight teardown units were used in construction of cost curves, and their characteristics were determined in large part by testing and reverse-engineering. Further information on the design characteristics of specific analyzed baseline models is summarized in section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD. 
c. Higher Efficiency Levels 
As part of DOE’s analysis, the 
maximum available efficiency level is 
the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE also 
defines a ‘‘max-tech’’ efficiency level to represent the maximum possible efficiency for a given product. 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
analyzed up to five incremental efficiency levels beyond the baseline for each of the analyzed product classes. The efficiency levels begin at EL 1, which was 10 percent more efficient than the current MREF energy conservation standards. For the compact 
coolers analysis, DOE extended the efficiency levels in steps of 10 percent of the current energy conservation standard up to EL 4 at 40 percent; for full-size coolers, EL 4 is analyzed at 35 percent. For combination coolers (excluding C–9) efficiency levels above EL 1 are in steps of roughly 5 percent up to EL 4. Finally, EL 5 represents maximum technology (‘‘max-tech’’), which uses design option analysis to extend the analysis beyond EL 4 by using all applicable design options, including max efficiency variable-speed compressors and maximum practical use of vacuum-insulated panels (‘‘VIPs’’). For compact coolers, max tech stands at either 59 percent or 50 percent for the two directly analyzed AVs—3.1 ft
3and 5.1 ft3respectively; full-size 
coolers max-tech stands at 38 percent. 
For combination coolers C–13A and C– 3A, max tech stands at 28 percent and 24 percent, respectively. 
DOE conducted analysis for product 
class C–9 starting with analysis for a class 9 upright freezer with comparable total refrigerated volume. In its analysis, DOE concluded that application of all of the design options being considered at max-tech would be required for the product to be compliant with the current energy conservation standards. Currently, the Compliance Certification Database (‘‘CCD’’) includes only one product that is certified as C–9—an LG product certified with energy use 17 percent below the standard. DOE did not purchase, test, and reverse-engineer this product, in-part because of the limited product offering and expected insignificant potential for energy savings for the class. Thus, DOE is relying primarily on its analysis of the RF product class 9 freezer, to suggest that opportunities for energy savings are likely limited and likely not cost- effective, even if improved efficiency is technically feasible. DOE has not analyzed efficiency levels beyond baseline for this product class in this direct final rule but has taken into consideration all design options applied at max-tech in its analysis. 
DOE notes the current Energy Star 
specifications correspond to EL 1 for freestanding full-size coolers (10 percent), EL 2 for freestanding compact coolers (20 percent), and EL 3 for both classes of built-in coolers (30 percent).
29 
The efficiency levels analyzed beyond 
the baseline are shown in Table IV.5 as follows. 
d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM suggested that DOE evaluate the robustness of the supply chains for variable-speed compressors (‘‘VSCs’’) while considering the growing demand given more stringent standards for cooling appliances, including both air conditioning and refrigeration. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 5) 
In considering this comment and 
comments provided in response to the RF rulemaking, DOE interviewed 
relevant compressor manufacturers to gather information regarding the level of VSC implementation that would be required at the efficiency levels analyzed in this direct final rule, the current and predicted supply of VSCs into the U.S. market, the predicted time to ramp up production of VSCs, and pricing of VSCs and components. None of the compressor manufacturers interviewed expressed any concerns regarding the ability to ramp-up VSC capacity in response to more stringent MREF standards. Compressor manufacturers additionally noted that any previous bottlenecks in the VSC supply chain are no longer a factor at this time, and that they have been modifying sourcing strategies to ensure a reliable supply of VSCs going forward. DOE concluded from these interviews that compressor manufacturers will be able to readily meet any increased demand for VSCs as a result of the adopted standards within the 5-year 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.012</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.5 Incremental Efficiency Levels for Analyzed Products(% Energy Use 
Less than Baseline 
Coolers Combination Coolers 
Product Class FCC (3.1) FCC (5.1) FC (15.3) C-13A (5) C-3A (21) (AV, cu.ft.) 
EL 1 10% 10% 10%* 10% 10% 
EL2 20%* 20%* 20% 16% 15% 
EL3 30% 30% 30% 20% 20% 
EL4 40% 40% 35% 25% 24% 
EL 5 59% 50% 38% 28% 
* Efficiencies at or slightly better than the ENERGY STAR® efficiency 38784 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
30U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval 
(EDGAR) system. Available at www.sec.gov/edgar/ search/ (last accessed January 30, 2024). timeframe between publication of this 
direct final rule and the compliance date. DOE further notes that the amended standards adopted in this final rule reflect the recommendations of the Joint Agreement, of which AHAM was a signatory. 
2. Cost Analysis 
The cost analysis portion of the 
engineering analysis is conducted using 
one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated product, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the product on the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows: 
bPhysical teardowns: Under this 
approach, DOE physically dismantles a commercially available product, component-by-component, to develop a detailed bill of materials for the product. 
bCatalog teardowns: In lieu of 
physically deconstructing a product, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example) to develop the bill of materials for the product. 
bPrice surveys: If neither a physical 
nor catalog teardown is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated products such as fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which 
parts diagrams are unavailable) or cost- prohibitive and otherwise impractical (e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE 
conducts price surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and other commercial channels. 
In the present case, DOE conducted 
the analysis using primarily physical teardowns. Where possible, physical 
teardowns were used to provide a 
baseline of technology options and pricing for a specific product class at a specific EL. Then with technology option information, DOE estimated the cost of various design options including compressors, VIPs, and insulation, by extrapolating the costs from price surveys. With specific costs for technology options, DOE was then able to ‘‘build-up’’ or ‘‘build-down’’ from the various teardown models to finish the cost-efficiency curves. DOE used this approach to calibrate the analysis to certified or measured energy use of specific available models where possible, while allowing a broader range of potential efficiency levels to be considered. 
The resulting bill of materials 
provides the basis for the manufacturer production cost (‘‘MPC’’) estimates. 
To account for manufacturers’ non- 
production costs and profit margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC. The resulting manufacturer selling price (‘‘MSP’’) is the price at which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining corporate annual reports and Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) 10–K reports
30 
filed by publicly traded manufacturers in primarily engaged in appliance manufacturing and whose combined product range includes MREFs. DOE then compared the manufacturer markups derived from the financials to the manufacturer markups estimated in the October 2016 Direct Final Rule. 81 FR 75194, 75224–75225. See chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the manufacturer markup. 
3. Cost-Efficiency Results 
The results of the engineering analysis 
are reported as cost-efficiency data (or 
‘‘curves’’) in the form of AEU (in kWh) versus MPC (in dollars), which form the basis for subsequent analyses. 
DOE developed estimates of MPCs for 
each unit in the teardown sample, and also performed additional modeling for each of the teardown samples, to extend the analysis to cover the range of efficiency levels appropriate for a representative product. To estimate the MPCs necessary to achieve higher efficiency levels, in particular those beyond the highest-efficiency products in the test sample, DOE considered design options that were most likely to be considered and implemented by manufacturers to achieve the higher efficiency levels. Based on input from manufacturers and an understanding of the markets, DOE then estimated the costs associated with those design options to determine the MPCs at each of the analyzed efficiency levels. 
The resulting weighted average 
incremental design option by efficiency level and cost curves for each directly analyzed product class are (i.e., the 
additional costs manufacturers would likely incur by producing miscellaneous refrigeration products at each efficiency level compared to the baseline) are provided in Tables IV.6 and IV.7 as follows. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the engineering analysis and formulation of cost curves. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838785 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.013</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.6 Incremental Desi~n Options* by Efficiency Level and Product Class 
Product 
Class ELl EL2 EL3 EL4 EL5 
(AV***) 
EL 10% 20% 30% 40% 59% Percent 
Variable-
Higher-BER Speed Partial VIP Tube and Fin Compressor; Compressor; Coverage; FCC HigherEER Condenser; Tube and Fin HigherEER 
(3.1) Design Compressor; Brushless Evaporator; Compressor; Triple Pane 
Options Argon Filled DC Brushless Roll Bond Glass**; 
Added Tube and Glass Evaporator DC Evaporator; Fin Bond Fan Condenser Increased Evaporator Fan Insulation 
Thickness 
EL 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% Percent 
Higher-BER Variable-
Higher-BER Compressor; Speed FCC Argon Filled Tube and 
(5.1) Design Glass; Higher-BER Compressor; Fin Compressor; 
Options Higher-BER Compressor Hot Wall+ Evaporator; Partial VIP 
Added Compressor Tube and Fin Increased Coverage; 
Condenser Insulation Triple Pane 
Thickness Glass** 
EL 10% 20% 30% 35% 38% Percent 
Variable-
Speed 
Higher-BER Compressor; 
FC Variable 
(15.3) Design Compressor; Higher-BER Defrost; 3x Triple Pane Partial VIP Options Hot Wall+ 
Added Tube and Fin Compressor Tube and Fin Glass** Coverage 
Condenser Evaporator; 
Increased 
Insulation 
Thickness 
C-13A EL 10% 16% 20% 25% 28% (5) Percent 38786 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.014</GPH> ER07MY24.015</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Design Higher-EER Higher-EER Variable-Triple Pane Partial VIP Options Compressor Compressor Speed Glass** Coverage Added Com ressor 
EL 10% 15% 20% 24% Percent 
Triple Pane 
C-3A Variable-Glass**; 
Timed (off- Partial VIP (20.6) Design Speed cycle) Coverage; 
Options Higher-EER Compressor; Defrost; Variable 
Added Compressor Variable Higher-EER (off-cycle) (off-cycle) Variable Defrost Defrost Speed 
Com ressor 
*Design options are cumulative between efficiency levels ( except for component replacements) 
** Triple-pane glass pack consists of soft-coated low-E glass and argon gas fill (with a reduced gap size to 
maintain door thickness) 
*** AV represented in ft3 
Table IV. 7 Cost-Efficienc Curves for Miscellaneous Refri eration Products 
Product 
Class ELO ELl EL2 EL3 EL4 ELS 
AV* 
EL Percent 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 59% 
FCC MPC $298.10 $301.43 $317.16 $334.32 $367.99 $425.94 
(3.1) Incremental $0.00 $3.33 $19.06 $36.22 $69.88 $127.83 MPC 
EL Percent 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 
FCC MPC $337.79 $340.92 $343.33 $359.55 $386.02 $477.10 
(5.1) Incremental $0.00 $3.13 $5.53 $21.76 $48.23 $139.31 MPC 
EL Percent 0% 10% 20% 30% 35% 38% 
FC MPC $699.52 $714.82 $718.24 $762.98 $921.40 $957.10 
(15.3) Incremental $0.00 $15.30 $18.72 $63.46 $221.87 $257.57 MPC 
EL Percent 0% 10% 16% 20% 25% 28% 
C-13A MPC $571.07 $573.07 $574.83 $603.56 $651.33 $677.23 
(5) Incremental $0.00 $2.00 $3.76 $32.48 $80.26 $106.16 MPC 
EL Percent 0% 10% 15% 20% 24% 
C-3A MPC $540.00 $543.17 $578.47 $698.50 $742.55 
(20.6) Incremental $0.00 MPC 
EL Percent 0% 
C-9 MPC $800 
(20)** Incremental $0.00 MPC 
* Adjusted volumes provided in ft3 
* * Only considered at baseline 38787 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
31Because the projected price of standards- 
compliant products is typically higher than the 
price of baseline products, using the same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is possible, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long run. 
32U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Retail Trade 
Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/ 
programs-surveys/arts.html. 
33U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Wholesale Trade 
Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/awts. 342017 Economic Census, Selected sectors: 
Concentration of largest firms for the U.S. Available 
at www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/ 
economic-census/naics-sector-44-45.html. The 
Herfindahl-Hirschman Index value can be found by navigating to the ‘‘Concentration of largest firms for the U.S.’’ table and then filtering the industry code to NAICS 443141.The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index reported for the largest 50 firms in household appliance stores sector, is 123.8. Generally, a market with an HHI value of under 1,000 is considered to be competitive. 
35TraQline is a market research company that 
specialized in tracking consumer purchasing behavior across a wide range of products using quarterly online surveys. BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
D. Markups Analysis 
The markups analysis develops 
appropriate markups (e.g., retailer 
markups, distributor markups, 
contractor markups) in the distribution chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the product to cover business costs and profit margin. 
For MREFs, DOE identified two 
distribution channels: (1) manufacturers to retailers to consumers, and (2) manufacturers to wholesalers to dealers/ retailers to consumers. The parties involved in the distribution channel are retailers, wholesalers, and dealers. 
DOE developed baseline and 
incremental markups for each actor in the distribution chain. Baseline markups are applied to the price of products with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new or amended standards.
31 
DOE relied on economic data from the 
U.S. Census Bureau to estimate average baseline and incremental markups. Specifically, DOE used the 2017 Annual Retail Trade Survey for the ‘‘electronics and appliance stores’’ sector to develop retailer markups,
32and the 2017 Annual 
Wholesaler Trade Survey for the ‘‘household appliances, and electrical and electronics goods merchant wholesalers’’ sector to estimate wholesaler markups.
33For the wholesaler to dealer/retailer channel, 
DOE assumed that the dealer markups are half of the retailer markups in the retailer channel. 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered comments it had received regarding the markups analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM commented on DOE’s reliance on the concept of incremental markups, stating that it is based on discredited theory, and it is in contradiction to empirical evidence provided by AHAM during a 2014 proposed rulemaking for energy conservation standards for residential dishwashers. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 9) 
DOE’s incremental markup approach 
assumes that an increase in profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the product price goes up due to higher efficiency standards, is unlikely to be viable over time in a reasonably competitive market like household appliance retailers. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (‘‘HHI’’) reported by the 2017 Economic Census indicates that the household appliance stores sector (NAICS 443141) is a highly competitive marketplace.
34DOE 
recognizes that actors in the distribution chains are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances in response to changes in manufacturer selling prices after an amendment to energy conservation standards. However, DOE believes that retail pricing is likely to adjust over time as those actors are forced to readjust their markups to reach a medium-term equilibrium in which per-unit profit is relatively unchanged before and after standards are implemented. DOE acknowledges that markup 
practices in response to amended 
standards are complex and vary with business conditions. However, DOE’s analysis necessarily only considers changes in appliance offerings that occur in response to amended standards and isolate the effect of amended standards from other factors. Obtaining data on markup practices in the situation described previously is very challenging. Hence, DOE continues to maintain that its assumption that standards do not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable. 
Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD 
provides details on DOE’s development of markups for MREFs. 
E. Energy Use Analysis 
The purpose of the energy use 
analysis is to determine the annual 
energy consumption of MREFs at different efficiencies in representative 
U.S. households, and to assess the energy savings potential of increased MREF efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range of energy use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they 
are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from adoption of amended or new standards. 
DOE determined a range of annual 
energy use of MREFs as a function of unit volume. As shown in Table IV.8, DOE developed distributions of adjusted volume of product classes with more than one representative unit base on the capacity distributions reported in the TraQline
®wine chiller data spanning 
from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1.35DOE also 
developed a sample of households that use MREFs based on the TraQline wine chiller data (see section IV.F of this document for details). For each volume and considered efficiency level, DOE derived the energy consumption as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure at appendix A. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838788 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered comments it had received 
regarding the energy use analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM commented that DOE relies heavily on the EIA’s Residential Energy Consumption Survey (‘‘RECS’’) data for estimating energy use and how consumption varies at the household level. Specifically, AHAM expressed concern that the use of RECS data to estimate energy consumption at the household level may introduce ‘‘outlier values,’’ resulting in uncertainty and inaccuracies (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 11) In this direct final rule, as well as in the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not tie the energy consumption of MREFs to RECS survey data. 87 FR 35678. No household or demographic information from RECS was used in the energy use analysis for MREFs. Instead, as mentioned above, DOE used the TraQline wine chiller data to develop a sample of households representing MREF purchasers and derived the energy consumption of MREFs as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standards adopted in this direct final rule. 
Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD 
provides details on DOE’s energy use analysis for MREFs. F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
Analysis 
DOE conducted LCC and PBP 
analyses to evaluate the economic impacts on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for MREFs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to measure consumer impacts: 
bThe LCC is the total consumer 
expense of an appliance or product over the life of that product, consisting of total installed cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the lifetime of the product. 
bThe PBP is the estimated amount 
of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a more- efficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect. 
For any given efficiency level, DOE 
measures the change in LCC relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the estimated efficiency distribution of MREFs in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a 
given efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline product. 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered comments it had received regarding the LCC analysis conducted 
for the March 2023 NOPR. The LCC approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. 
During the May 2, 2023, public 
meeting, Edison Electric Institute (‘‘EEI’’) questioned the cost- effectiveness of the proposed TSL (TSL 4), due to the high percentage of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost and the simple payback period results ranging from 6.8 to 8 years, and urged DOE to consider selecting another TSL that may be more cost-effective for consumers. (May 2, 2023, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 33 at pp. 5–6). In response, DOE notes that when deciding whether a proposed standard is economically justified, DOE determines whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by considering the seven statutory factors discussed in section II.A of this document. DOE considered the seven statutory factors when evaluating the Recommended TSL in the Joint Agreement. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7 percent of MREF consumers would experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). DOE provides a detailed comparative discussion and rigorous justification on the adopted 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.016</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.8 Distribution of Adjusted Interior volumes by Product Class 
Adjusted Volume Percentage (ft3) 
Cooler-PC 
3.1 83.4 
5.1 16.6 
Cooler-BIC 
3.1 81.3 
5.1 18.7 
Cooler-F and Cooler-BI 
15.3 100.0 
C-3A 
21 100.0 
C-9 
20 100.0 
C-13A 
5 100.0 38789 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
TSL (the Recommended TSL) in section 
V.C.1 of this document. 
For each considered efficiency level 
in each product class, DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of MREF purchasers. As stated previously, DOE developed purchaser samples based on TraQline 
wine chiller survey data. The survey panel is weighted against the U.S. Census based on their demographic characteristics to make the sample representative of the U.S. population. The wine chiller survey asked respondents about the product features of the wine chillers they recently purchased, as well as the purchasing channel of the products. To account for the more recent MREF consumers, DOE used the last 2 years of survey data (2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1) to construct the household sample used in this direct final rule. 
For each sample purchaser, DOE 
determined the energy consumption for the MREFs and the appropriate energy price. By developing a representative sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the use of MREFs. 
Inputs to the calculation of total 
installed cost include the cost of the product—which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and 
distributor markups, and sales taxes— and installation costs. Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and maintenance costs, product lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created distributions of values for product lifetime, discount rates, and sales taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their uncertainty and variability. 
The computer model DOE uses to 
calculate the LCC relies on a Monte Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from the probability distributions and MREF user samples. The model calculated the LCC for products at each efficiency level for 10,000 MREF purchasers per simulation run. The analytical results include a 
distribution of 10,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings for a given efficiency level relative to the no- new-standards case efficiency distribution. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given consumer, product efficiency is chosen based on its probability. If the chosen product efficiency is greater than or equal to the efficiency of the standard level under consideration, the LCC 
calculation reveals that a consumer is not impacted by the standard level. By accounting for consumers who already purchase more-efficient products, DOE avoids overstating the potential benefits from increasing product efficiency. 
DOE calculated the LCC for 
consumers of MREFs as if each were to 
purchase a new product in the first year of required compliance with amended standards. As discussed earlier in this document, the compliance date of amended standards is January 31, 2029, for TSL 4 (the Recommended TSL detailed in the Joint Agreement). For all other TSLs considered in this direct final rule, standards apply to MREFs manufactured 5 years after the date on which any amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) Therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first year of compliance with any amended standards for MREFs for all TSLs. 
Table IV.9 summarizes the approach 
and data DOE used to derive inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow provide further discussion. Details of the spreadsheet model, and of all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM commented that should be 
conducting a purchase decision analysis in its LCC model to reflect the actual conditions and expectations of the purchaser rather than relying on an outcome modeling approach. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 8–9) In the current setup of LCC analysis, DOE is not explicitly modeling the purchase decision made by purchasers when the standard becomes effective. DOE’s analysis is intended to model the range of individual outcomes likely to result from a hypothetical amended energy 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.017</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8T bl IV 9 S a e . ummar JO npu s an e 0 s or e an na1ys1s fl t d M th d fi th LCC dPBPA I • * 
Inputs Source/Method 
Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales 
Product Cost tax, as appropriate. Used historical data to derive a price scaling index to project 
product costs. 
Installation Costs Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis. 
Annual Energy Use Derived from engineering inputs (see chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD). 
Variabilitv: Based on the product class and rep unit volume, where applicable. 
Electricity: Based on 2022 average and marginal electricity price data from the 
Energy Prices Edison Electric Institute. 
Variability: Electricity prices varv by region. 
Enern:v Price Trends Based on AE02023 price projections. 
Repair and Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis. Maintenance Costs 
Product Lifetime Sample wei2:hted average: 12.6 years 
Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be 
Discount Rates used to purchase the considered appliances or might be affected indirectly. 
Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer 
Finances. 
Compliance Date 2029 
* Not used for PBP calculation. References for the data sources mentioned in this table are provided in the sections 
following the table or in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD. 38790 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
36Taylor, M. and Fujita, K.S. Accounting for 
Technological Change in Regulatory Impact 
Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. LBNL– 
6195E. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA. April 2013. Available at escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4#page-1. 
37Household refrigerator and home freezer 
manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU3352203352202. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/. 38Semiconductors and related device 
manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU334413334413. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/. 
39Dale, L., C. Antinori, M. McNeil, James E. 
McMahon, and K.S. Fujita. Retrospective evaluation of appliance price trends. Energy Policy. 2009. 37 pp. 597–605. 
40Taylor, M., C.A. Spurlock, and H.-C. Yang. 
Confronting Regulatory Cost and Quality Expectations. An Exploration of Technical Change in Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards. 2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States). Report No. LBNL– 1000576. (last accessed June 30, 2023.) Available at www.osti.gov/biblio/1235570/ (last accessed June 
30, 2023). 41Taylor, M. and K.S. Fujita. Accounting for 
Technological Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. 2013. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States). Report No. LBNL–6195E. Available at https://escholarship.org/uc/item/ 3c8709p4 (last accessed March 24, 2024). 
42PPI is a proxy for manufacturing costs as 
certain effects (such as market structure and competitive effects) could influence PPI in a way that would not be reflected in manufacturing costs. conservation standard at various levels 
of efficiency. DOE does not discount the consumer decision theory established in the broad behavioral economics field but rather notes that its methodological decision was made after considering the existence of various systematic market failures and their implication in rational versus actual purchase behavior. Furthermore, the outcome of the LCC is not considered in isolation, but in the context of the broader set of analyses, including the NIA. Moreover, the type of data required to facilitate a robust consumer choice modeling of a specific household appliance at the individual household level is currently lacking and AHAM did not provide much data. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule. 
1. Product Cost 
To calculate consumer product costs, 
DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in 
the engineering analysis by the markups described previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for baseline products and higher-efficiency products, because DOE applies an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-efficiency products. 
Economic literature and historical 
data suggest that the real costs of many products may trend downward over time according to ‘‘learning’’ or ‘‘experience’’ curves. Experience curve analysis implicitly includes factors such as efficiencies in labor, capital investment, automation, materials prices, distribution, and economies of scale at an industry-wide level.
36In the 
experience curve method, the real cost of production is related to the cumulative production or ‘‘experience’’ with a manufactured product. As MREFs use similar technologies to RF, DOE applied the same experience curve developed for RF to MREFs. DOE used inflation-adjusted historical Producer Price Index (‘‘PPI’’) data for ‘‘household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing’’ from the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (‘‘BLS’’) spanning the time period between 1981 and 2022,
37 
along with the cumulative production of RF to derive the experience curve. The estimated learning rate (defined as the fractional reduction in price expected from each doubling of cumulative production) is 39.4 ± 1.9 percent. 
DOE included variable-speed 
compressors as a technology option for higher efficiency levels. To develop future prices specific for that technology, DOE applied a different price trend to the controls portion of the variable-speed compressor, which represents part of the price increment when moving from an efficiency level achieved with the highest efficiency single-speed compressor to an efficiency level with variable-speed compressor. DOE used PPI data on ‘‘semiconductors and related device manufacturing’’ between 1967 and 2022 to estimate the historic price trend of electronic components in the control.
38The 
regression, performed as an exponential trend line fit, results in an R-square of 0.99, with an annual price decline rate of 6.3 percent. See chapter 8 of the TSD for further details on this topic. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM commented that there is no theoretical underpinning for the implementation of an experience or learning curve and the functional form it should take. In addition, AHAM stated that the data that DOE used merely represents an empirical relationship, and a clear connection between the actual products in question and the data used needs to be made. AHAM noted that there is little reason to support the concept that price learning through manufacturing efficiencies should extend beyond the labor and materials in the product itself, and that such a relationship should not hold for other cost components. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 10) 
DOE notes that there is considerable 
empirical evidence of consistent price declines for appliances in the past few decades. Several studies examined retail prices of a wide range of household appliances during different periods of time and showed that prices had been steadily falling while efficiency had been increasing, for example Dale, et al. (2009)
39and Taylor, et al. (2015).40As mentioned in Taylor and Fujita (2013),41 
Federal agencies have adopted different 
approaches to account for ‘‘the changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.’’ Given the limited data availability on historical manufacturing costs broken by different components, DOE utilized the PPI published by the BLS as a proxy for manufacturing costs to represent the analyzed product as a whole.
42While 
products may experience varying degrees of price learning during different product stages, given that MREFs share similar cooling technologies with RF, DOE applied the same learning rate developed for RF to MREFs. DOE modeled the average learning rate based on the full historical PPI series for ‘‘household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing’’ to capture the overall price evolution in relation to the cumulative shipments. DOE also conducted sensitivity analyses that are based on a particular segment of the PPI data to investigate the impact of alternative product price projections (low price learning and high price learning) in the NIA of this direct final rule. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule. 
2. Installation Cost 
Installation cost includes labor, 
overhead, and any miscellaneous 
materials and parts needed to install the product. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost of installation changes as a function of efficiency for MREFs. DOE therefore assumed that installation costs are the same regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. 
As a result, DOE did not include installation costs in the LCC and PBP analysis. 
3. Annual Energy Consumption 
For each sampled consumer, DOE 
determined the energy consumption for 
MREFs at different efficiency levels using the approach described previously in section IV.E of this document. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838791 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
43Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential 
Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and 
Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–2001169. Available at https://ees.lbl.gov/publications/ residential-electricity-prices-review. 
44EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at 
www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed November 
29, 2023). 45The implicit discount rate is inferred from a 
consumer purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases. 
46U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System. Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. Available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/ econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm (last accessed 
November 29, 2023). 4. Energy Prices 
Because marginal electricity price 
more accurately captures the 
incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change in consumer costs than average electricity prices. Therefore, DOE applied average electricity prices for the energy use of the product purchased in the no-new- standards case, and marginal electricity prices for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other efficiency levels considered. 
DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 
using data from EEI Typical Bills and 
Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and Beraki (2018).
43 
DOE’s methodology allows electricity 
prices to vary by sector, region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for details. 
To estimate energy prices in future 
years, DOE multiplied the 2022 energy prices by the projection of annual average price changes from the Reference case in AEO2023, which has 
an end year of 2050.
44To estimate price 
trends after 2050, the 2046–2050 average was used for all years. 
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs 
Repair costs are associated with 
repairing or replacing product 
components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the product. Typically, small incremental increases in product efficiency entail no, or only minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline efficiency products. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost of repair or maintenance for MREFs changes as a function of efficiency. DOE therefore assumed that these costs are the same 
regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not include maintenance and repair costs in the LCC and PBP analysis. 
6. Product Lifetime 
For MREFs, DOE used lifetime 
estimates from products that operate 
using the same refrigeration technology: covered refrigerators and refrigerator- freezers, based on the Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers direct final rule analysis. 89 FR 3026 (January 17, 2024). DOE estimated a maximum lifetime of 40 years for all product classes and an average lifetime of 10.6 years for compact coolers and 14.6 years for full-size coolers. The weighted average lifetime over the sample population, considering the market distribution, was 12.6 years. DOE also assumed that the probability function for the annual survival of MREFs would take the form of a Weibull distribution. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for a more detailed discussion. 
7. Discount Rates 
In the calculation of LCC, DOE 
applies discount rates appropriate to 
households to estimate the present value of future operating cost savings. DOE estimated a distribution of discount rates for MREFs based on consumer financing costs and the opportunity cost of consumer funds. 
DOE applies weighted average 
discount rates calculated from consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal or implicit discount rates.
45The LCC 
analysis estimates net present value over the lifetime of the product, so the appropriate discount rate will reflect the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking this time scale into account. Given the long-time horizon modeled in the LCC, the application of a marginal interest rate associated with an initial source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of purchase, consumers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt and asset holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on 
the restrictions consumers face in their debt payment requirements and the 
relative size of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE estimates the aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical distribution of debts and assets. 
To establish residential discount rates 
for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to approximate a consumer’s opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the various types of debt and equity by household income group using data from the Federal Reserve Board’s triennial Survey of Consumer Finances
46(‘‘SCF’’) starting in 1995 and 
ending in 2019. Using the SCF and other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 4.2 percent. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details on the development of consumer discount rates. 
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the 
No-New-Standards Case 
To accurately estimate the share of 
consumers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE’s LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies under the no-new-standards 
case (i.e., the case without amended or 
new energy conservation standards). 
For this direct final rule, DOE is using 
the efficiency distribution by product class as provided by AHAM in response to a notice of public meeting and availability of the preliminary technical support document for MREFS. 87 FR 3229 (Jan. 21, 2022) (See AHAM, No. 18, pp. 2–5) DOE understands that this approach inherently assumes that the rest of the MREF market has a similar distribution of efficiencies. However, due to lack of efficiency data from non- AHAM members, DOE has no reason to question that assumption. DOE also assumed that the current distribution of product efficiencies would remain constant in 2029, and during the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838792 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
47DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as 
a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales 
are lacking. In general, one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales. 48DOE also reviewed the recent release of the EIA 
2020 RECS (‘‘RECS 2020’’), which identified wine 
chillers in representative U.S. households. DOE found that the penetration rate of wine chillers in RECS 2020 is significantly lower compared to that estimated by DOE for MREFs based on previous market surveys. Due to the uncertainty on the breakdown of MREFs between wine chillers and other miscellaneous refrigeration applications in 
the U.S. market, DOE continued to use the 13.3 percent penetration rate for MREFs in this direct final rule. However, DOE also modeled an alternative shipments scenario based on the lower penetration rate of MREFs in American homes derived from the RECS 2020 data. For more details on this alternative scenario and the resulting NES and NPV results, see chapter 9 and appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD, respectively. 
49Greenblatt, J.B., S.J. Young, H.-C. Yang, T. 
Long, B. Beraki, S.K. Price, S. Pratt, H. Willem, L.- B. Desroches, and S.M. Donovan. U.S. Residential Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. 
50Donovan, S.M., S.J. Young, and J.B. Greenblatt. 
Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Report No. LBNL–183899. analysis period, in the no-new- 
standards case. The estimated market shares for the 
no-new-standards case for MREFs are 
shown in Table IV.10. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further information on the derivation of the efficiency distributions. 
The LCC Monte Carlo simulations 
draw from the efficiency distributions 
and randomly assign an efficiency to the MREF purchased by each sample household in the no-new-standards case. The resulting percent shares within the sample match the market shares in the efficiency distributions. 
9. Payback Period Analysis 
The payback period is the amount of 
time (expressed in years) it takes the 
consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-efficient products, compared to baseline products, through energy cost savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of the product mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses. 
The inputs to the PBP calculation for 
each efficiency level are the change in total installed cost of the product and the change in the first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE refers to this as a ‘‘simple PBP’’ because it does not consider changes over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs. 
As noted previously, EPCA 
establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the 
standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE determined the value of the first year’s energy savings by calculating the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price projection for the year in which compliance with the amended standards would be required. 
G. Shipments Analysis 
DOE uses projections of annual 
product shipments to calculate the 
national impacts of potential amended or new energy conservation standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.
47The 
shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market shares of each product class and the vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting uses product shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of in-service product stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-service product stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any year depend on the age distribution of the stock. 
DOE defined two broad MREF 
product categories (coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products) and developed models to estimate shipments for each category. DOE used various data and assumptions to develop the shipments for each product class considered in this rulemaking. Given the limited available data 
sources on historical shipments of 
coolers, DOE assumed a constant penetration rate of 13.3 percent in the U.S. households throughout the analysis period based on online surveys
48to 
estimate the annual shipments starting from 2016.
49 50DOE multiplied the 
estimated penetration by the total number of households from the AEO2023, and then determined the 
number of new shipments by dividing the total stock by the mean product lifetime. DOE projected the annual shipments by incorporating the lifetime distributions by product class and assuming that the growth of new sales is consistent with the housing 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.018</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.10 Efficiency Distributions for the No-New-Standards Case in the 
Compliance Year 
Total 2029 Market Share (%) 
Product Class Adjusted 
Volume ELO EL 1 EL2 EL3 EL4 ELS 
(cu. ft.) 
Cooler-Fe 3.1 79 18 3 0 0 0 5.1 
Cooler-BIC 3.1 18 6 1 1 0 74 5.1 
Cooler-F 15.3 42 58 0 0 0 0 
Cooler-BI 15.3 72 8 20 0 0 0 
C-13A 5 99 1 0 0 0 0 
C-3A 21 100 0 0 0 0 
* The total may not sum to 100% due to rounding. Total* 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 38793 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
51This shipments information was provided by 
AHAM in a confidential document. The reference 
points to the public version of this document, where confidential business information is 
redacted. 
52DOE also collected and reviewed manufacturer 
interview data but was unable to collect a representative sample that would allow it to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments data. 
53The NIA accounts for impacts in the United 
States and U.S. territories. projections from AEO2023. To estimate 
shipments prior to 2016, DOE assumed 
a flat historical shipment trend at the 2016 level. With even more limited available data sources on historical shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products, DOE estimated total shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products in 2014 to be 36,000 units, based on feedback from manufacturers from the October 2016 Direct Final Rule. DOE assumed sales would increase in line with the increase in the number of households in AEO2023. Finally, DOE incorporated 
the 2021 shipment data provided by AHAM (see AHAM, No. 18 at pp. 3, 5)
51 
to re-calibrate total shipments for each product class considered in this rulemaking. 
DOE used the efficiency distributions 
by product class to match the data submitted by AHAM. DOE also assumed that the market share of each product class (in relation to the total MREF shipments) matched the market shares provided by AHAM. To estimate total MREF shipments, DOE utilized the AHAM shipments data and AHAM- member information and reviewed the TraQline data from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1 to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments.
52Based on this approach, DOE’s estimate of the MREF shipments for the whole market was consistent with the total number of shipments estimated using DOE’s approach discussed earlier and used in the March 2023 NOPR. Hence, DOE continued using the same approach to develop the total MREF shipments in this direct final rule but incorporated the product class breakdown provided by AHAM to re-distribute the total shipments by product class. 
H. National Impact Analysis 
The NIA assesses the NES and the 
NPV from a national perspective of total 
consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.
53(‘‘Consumer’’ in this context 
refers to consumers of the product being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard levels considered based on projections of annual product shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the present analysis, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, product costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of MREFs sold from 2029 through 2058. DOE evaluates the impacts of new or 
amended standards by comparing a case without such standards with standards- case projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each product class in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or 
standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of products with efficiencies greater than the standard. 
DOE uses a spreadsheet model to 
calculate the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested parties can review DOE’s analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values (as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs. 
Table IV.11 summarizes the inputs 
and methods DOE used for the NIA analysis for this direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD for further details. 
1. Product Efficiency Trends 
A key component of the NIA is the 
trend in energy efficiency projected for 
the no-new-standards case and each of the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the considered product classes for the year of anticipated compliance with an amended standard. 
For the standards cases, DOE used a 
‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to establish the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.019</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.11 Summary of Inputs and Methods for the National Impact Analysis 
Inputs Method 
Shipments Annual shipments from shipments model. 
Compliance Date of Standard 2029 
Efficiency Trends No trend assumed. 
Annual Energy Consumption per Unit Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from 
energy use analysis. 
Total Installed Cost per Unit Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from 
energy use analysis. 
Annual Energy Cost per Unit Calculated for each efficiency level using the energy use per 
unit, and electricity prices and trends. 
Repair and Maintenance Cost per Unit Annual values do not change with efficiency level. 
Energy Price Trends AEO2023 projections (to 2050) and fixed at 2050 prices 
thereafter. 
Energy Site-to-Primary and FFC A time-series conversion factor based on AEO2023. Conversion 
Discount Rate Three and seven percent. 
Present Year 2024 38794 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
54For more information on NEMS, refer to The 
National Energy Modeling System: An Overview 
2009, DOE/EIA–0581(2009), October 2009. 
Available at www.eia.gov/analysis/pdfpages/ 0581(2009)index.php (last accessed November 29, 
2023). 55United States Office of Management and 
Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. 
September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/ shipment-weighted efficiency for the 
year that standards are assumed to become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of products in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard under consideration would ‘‘roll up’’ to meet the new standard level, and the market share of products above the standard would remain unchanged. 
In the absence of data on trends in 
efficiency, DOE assumed no efficiency trend over the analysis period for both the no-new-standards and standards cases. For a given case, market shares by efficiency level were held fixed to their 2029 distribution. 
2. National Energy Savings
The NES analysis involves a
comparison of national energy 
consumption of the considered products between each potential standards case (‘‘TSL’’) and the case with no new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each product (by vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for the no-new-standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (i.e., the energy consumed by 
power plants to generate site electricity) using annual conversion factors derived 
from AEO2023. Cumulative energy 
savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis. 
Use of higher-efficiency products is 
sometimes associated with a direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of the product due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any data on the rebound effect specific to MREFs that would indicate that consumers would alter their utilization of their product due to an increase in efficiency. MREFs are typically plugged in and operate continuously; therefore, DOE assumed a rebound rate of 0. DOE did not receive any comments regarding this assumption in response to the March 2023 NOPR. 
In 2011, in response to the 
recommendations of a committee on ‘‘Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards’’ appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and emissions analyses 
included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination that EIA’s National Energy Modeling System (‘‘NEMS’’) is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector
54that EIA uses to prepare its 
Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD. 
3. Net Present Value Analysis
The inputs for determining the NPV
of the total costs and benefits 
experienced by consumers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2) total annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between the no-new- standards case and each standards case in terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each product 
shipped during the projection period. 
As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this 
document, DOE developed MREF price trends based on an experience curve calculated using historical PPI data. DOE applied the same trends to project prices for each product class at each considered efficiency level including baseline. By 2058, which is the end date of the projection period, the average price of single-speed compressor MREFs is projected to drop 33.2 percent and the average price of MREFs with a variable- speed compressor is projected to drop about 33.8 percent relative to 2029. 
To evaluate the effect of uncertainty 
regarding the price trend estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different product price projections on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs for MREFs. In addition to the default price trend, DOE considered high and low-price-decline sensitivity cases. For the single-speed compressor MREFs and the non-variable- speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the high- price- decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on household refrigerator and home freezer PPI data limited to the period between the period 1981–2008 and 2009–2022, respectively. For the variable-speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the high price decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on an exponential trend line fit of the semiconductor PPI between the period 1994–2022 and 1967–1993, respectively. The derivation of these price trends is described in Chapter 8 and the results of these sensitivity cases are given in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. 
The energy cost savings are calculated 
using the estimated energy savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from AEO2023, which has an end year of 
2050. To estimate price trends after 2050, the 2046–2050 average was used for all years. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the AEO2023 Reference 
case that have lower and higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy price trends compared to the Reference case. The resulting consumer NPV for the low- economic growth scenario, combined with the low-price-decline scenario is up to 24% lower compared to the Reference case scenario, while the consumer NPV for the high-economic growth scenario combined with the high-price-decline scenario is up to 12% higher compared to the Reference case. See appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD for more details. 
In calculating the NPV, DOE 
multiplies the net savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3- percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory analysis.
55 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838795 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
legacy_drupal_ files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf (last 
accessed November 10, 2023). 56U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of 
Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry 
Groups and Industries in the U.S. (2021).’’ 
Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/ asm/data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023). 
57The D&B Hoovers login is available at 
app.dnbhoovers.com (last accessed November 29, 
2023). The discount rates for the determination 
of NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer’s perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the ‘‘social rate of time preference,’’ which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value. 
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis 
In analyzing the potential impact of 
new or amended energy conservation 
standards on consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately affected by a new or amended national standard. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular consumers from alternative standard levels. For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on senior-only households. Low-income consumers were not considered in the subgroup analysis, as MREFs are not products generally used by this subgroup. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent of MREF owners are below the Federal household income threshold for poverty. The analysis used a subset of the TraQline consumer sample composed of households that meet the criteria for this subgroup. DOE used the LCC and PBP computer model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on senior- only households. Chapter 11 in the direct final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis. 
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 
DOE performed an MIA to estimate 
the financial impacts of amended energy 
conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV, investments in research and development (‘‘R&D’’) and manufacturing capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA seeks to determine how amended energy conservation standards might affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business manufacturers. 
The quantitative part of the MIA 
primarily relies on the GRIM, an industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit production costs, product shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&D and manufacturing capital required to produce compliant products. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case and the various standards cases (i.e., ‘‘TSLs’’). To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under different manufacturer markup scenarios. 
The qualitative part of the MIA 
addresses manufacturer characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such factors as a potential standard’s impact on manufacturing capacity, competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE conducted the MIA for this 
rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the MREF manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment and publicly-available information. This included a top-down analysis of MREF manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, 
and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (‘‘SG&A’’); and R&D expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further calibrate its initial characterization of the MREF manufacturing industry, including corporate annual reports filed by publicly traded manufacturers in primarily home appliance 
manufacturing and MREFs, the U.S. Census Bureau’s Annual Survey of Manufactures (‘‘ASM’’),
56and reports 
from D&B Hoovers.57 
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared 
a framework industry cash-flow analysis to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the standard. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased investment, (2) raising production costs 
per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes. 
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE 
developed interview guides to distribute to manufacturers of MREFs in order to develop other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts. 
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE 
conducted structured, detailed interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews, DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by amended standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost assumptions used to develop the industry cash flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low- volume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis: 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838796 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
small business manufacturers. The 
small business subgroup is discussed in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
and Key Inputs 
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the 
changes in cash flow due to new or amended standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs, distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from an amended energy conservation standard. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 2058. DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of MREFs, DOE used a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, which was derived from industry financials and then modified according to feedback received during manufacturer interviews. 
The GRIM calculates cash flows using 
standard accounting principles and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standards case. The difference in INPV 
between the no-new-standards case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new or amended energy conservation standard on manufacturers. As discussed previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of sources, including publicly available data, results of the engineering analysis, results of the shipments analysis, and information gathered from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer interviews. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
a. Manufacturer Production Costs 
Manufacturing more efficient 
products is typically more expensive 
than manufacturing baseline products due to the use of more complex components, which are typically more costly than baseline components. The changes in the MPCs of covered products can affect the revenues, gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. For its analysis in this direct final rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design option approach. First, an efficiency-level approach was used to 
establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. A design option approach was then used to extend the analysis through ‘‘built-down’’ efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’ efficiency levels where there were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. 
For a complete description of the 
MPCs, see section IV.C of this document and chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
b. Shipments Projections 
The GRIM estimates manufacturer 
revenues based on total unit shipment 
projections and the distribution of those shipments by efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the GRIM uses the NIA’s annual shipment projections derived from the shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2058 (the end year of the analysis period). See section IV.G of this document and chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD for additional details. 
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs 
New or amended energy conservation 
standards could cause manufacturers to 
incur conversion costs to bring their production facilities and product designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with each considered efficiency level in each product class. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make product designs comply with new or amended energy conservation standards. Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that new compliant product designs can be fabricated and assembled. 
Product Conversion Costs 
DOE based its estimates of the 
product conversion costs necessary to 
meet the varying efficiency levels on information from manufacturer interviews, the design paths analyzed in the engineering analysis, the prior MREF rulemaking analysis (see 81 FR 
75194), and market share and model count information. Generally, manufacturers indicated a preference to meet amended standards with design options that were direct and relatively straightforward component swaps. 
However, at higher efficiency levels, manufacturers anticipated the need for platform redesigns. Efficiency levels that significantly altered cabinet construction would require very large investments to update designs. Manufacturers noted that increasing foam thickness would require complete redesign of the cabinet, liner, and shelving due to loss of interior volume. Additionally, extensive use of VIPs would require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the benefits of VIPs. 
Capital Conversion Costs 
DOE relied on information from 
manufacturer interviews and the 
engineering analysis to evaluate the level of capital conversion costs would likely incur at the considered standard levels. During interviews, manufacturers provided estimates and descriptions of the required tooling changes that would be necessary to upgrade product lines to meet the various efficiency levels. Based on these inputs, DOE modeled incremental capital conversion costs for efficiency levels that could be reached with individual components swaps. However, based on feedback, DOE modeled higher capital conversion costs when manufacturers would have to redesign their existing product platforms. DOE used information from manufacturer interviews to determine the cost of the manufacturing equipment and tooling necessary to implement complete redesigns. 
Increases in foam thickness require 
either reductions to interior volume or increases to exterior volume. Many MREFs are sized to fit standard widths, meaning any increase in foam thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume. Additionally, many MREFs are sized to maximize storage of specific products (e.g., canned beverages or wine 
bottles) and small changes in wall 
thickness could dramatically decrease the unit storage capacity for those products. The reduction of interior volume has significant consequences for manufacturing. Redesigning the cabinet to increase the effectiveness of insulation likely requires manufacturers to update designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product. This could require investing in new tooling to accommodate changes to the liner, shelving, drawers, and doors. 
To minimize reductions to interior 
volume, manufacturers may choose to adopt VIP technology. Extensive incorporation of VIPs into designs requires significant upfront capital due to differences in the handling, storing, and manufacturing of VIPs as compared to typical polyurethane foams. VIPs are 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838797 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
58U.S. Department of Energy’s Compliance 
Certification Database is available at 
www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/ #q=Product_ Group_ s%3A* (last accessed August 
17, 2023). 
59California Energy Commission’s Modernized 
Appliance Efficiency Database System is available at cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/ 
ApplianceSearch.aspx (last accessed August 17, 
2023). DOE used this database to gather product information not provided in DOE’s CCD (e.g., 
manufacturer names). 60The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 
28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively. relatively fragile and must be protected 
from punctures and rough handling. If VIPs have leaks of any size, the panel will eventually lose much of its thermal insulative properties and structural strength. If already installed within a cabinet wall, a punctured VIP may significantly reduce the structural strength of the MREF cabinet. As a result, VIPs require careful handling and installation. Manufacturers noted the need to allocate special warehouse space to ensure the VIPs are not jostled or roughly handled in the manufacturing environment. VIPs require significantly more warehouse space than polyurethane foams. The application of VIPs can be difficult and may require investment in hard-tooling or robotic systems to ensure the panels are positioned properly within the cabinet or door. Manufacturers noted that producing cabinets with VIPs are much more labor and time intensive than producing cabinets with typical polyurethane foams and the increase in labor can affect total production capacity. 
To develop industry conversion cost 
estimates, DOE estimated the number of product platforms in DOE’s CCD
58and 
California Energy Commission’s Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System (‘‘MAEDbS’’)
59and 
scaled up the product and capital conversion costs associated with the number of product platforms that would require updating at each efficiency level. DOE adjusted the conversion cost estimates developed in support of the March 2023 NOPR to 2022$ for this analysis. 
DOE acknowledges that 
manufacturers may follow different design paths to reach the various efficiency levels analyzed. An individual manufacturer’s investments depend on a range of factors, including the company’s current product offerings and product platforms, existing production facilities and infrastructure, and make vs. buy decisions for 
components. DOE’s conversion cost methodology incorporated feedback from all manufacturers that took part in interviews and extrapolated industry values. While industry average values may not represent any single manufacturer, DOE’s model provides reasonable estimates of industry-level investments. 
In general, DOE assumes all 
conversion-related investments occur between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2 of this document. For additional information on the estimated product and capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios 
MSPs include direct manufacturing 
production costs (i.e., labor, materials, 
and overhead estimated in DOE’s MPCs) 
and all non-production costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied manufacturer markups to the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each product class and efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards case scenarios to represent uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards: (1) a preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario; and (2) a preservation-of- operating-profit scenario. These scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts. 
Under the preservation-of-gross- 
margin-percentage scenario, DOE applied a single uniform ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ markup across all efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a product class. As manufacturer production costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the per-unit dollar profit will increase. DOE assumed a gross margin percentage of 20 percent for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.
60 
Manufacturers tend to believe it is optimistic to assume that they would be able to maintain the same gross margin percentage as their production costs increase, particularly for minimally efficient products. Therefore, this scenario represents a high bound of 
industry profitability under an amended energy conservation standard. 
In the preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario, as the cost of production goes up under a standards case, manufacturers are generally required to reduce their manufacturer markups to a level that maintains base-case operating profit. DOE implemented this scenario in the GRIM by lowering the manufacturer markups at each TSL to yield approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in the no-new- standards case in the year after the expected compliance date of the amended standards. The implicit assumption behind this scenario is that the industry can only maintain its operating profit in absolute dollars after the standard takes effect. 
A comparison of industry financial 
impacts under the two manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this document. 
3. Discussion of MIA Comments 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered comments it had received 
regarding its MIA presented in the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same approach DOE had used for the 
March 2023 NOPR analysis. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM stated that it cannot comment on the accuracy of DOE’s approach for including how manufacturers might or might not recover potential investments (i.e., the accuracy of DOE’s 
manufacturer markup scenarios) but that AHAM supports DOE’s intent in the microwave ovens supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (‘‘SNOPR’’) (‘‘August 2022 SNOPR’’) energy conservation standards rulemaking to include those costs and investments in the actual costs of products and retail prices. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 12) AHAM urged DOE to apply the same conceptual approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR in the MREF rulemaking and all future rulemakings (i.e., to 
analyze a conversion-cost-recovery manufacturer markup scenario). (Id.) 
As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this 
document, DOE modeled two standards- case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards. For the March 2023 NOPR, DOE applied the preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario to reflect an upper bound of industry profitability and a preservation-of-operating-profit scenario 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838798 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
61‘‘ASAP et al.’’ refers to a joint comment from 
Appliance Standards Awareness Project, American 
Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, National Consumer Law Center, New York State Energy Research and Development Authority, and Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance. 
62Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/ 
files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf (last accessed November 12, 2023). to reflect a lower bound of industry 
profitability under amended standards. DOE used these scenarios to reflect the range of realistic profitability impacts under more stringent standards. Manufacturing more efficient MREFs is generally more expensive than manufacturing baseline MREFs, as reflected by the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis. Under the preservation-of-gross-margin scenario for MREFs, incremental increases in MPCs at higher efficiency levels result in an increase in per-unit dollar profit per unit sold. In interviews, manufacturers stated the industry relies on competitive pricing, so they would likely not increase their manufacturer markups that would allow them to recover their full investments. The preservation-of-gross-margin-scenario reflects an upper bound of industry profitability in which manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a product class. Applying the approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR (i.e., a 
conversion-cost-recovery scenario) would result in the MREF industry increasing manufacturer markups under amended standards. Based on information gathered during confidential interviews in support of the March 2023 NOPR, DOE does not expect that the MREF industry would increase manufacturer markups under an amended standard. Furthermore, in response to the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not receive any public or confidential data indicating that industry would increase manufacturer markups in response to more stringent standards. Therefore, DOE used the same manufacturer markup scenarios from the March 2023 NOPR for this direct final rule analysis. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM commented the cumulative regulatory burden is significant for home appliance manufacturers when needing to redesign products and product lines for the proposed levels for MREFs, for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, and the finalized levels for room air conditioners and microwave ovens. (Id. at p. 13). AHAM 
asserted that engineers will therefore need to spend all their time redesigning products to meet more stringent energy efficiency standards, pulling resources from other development efforts and business priorities. AHAM suggested that DOE could reduce cumulative regulatory burden by spacing out the timing of final rules, allowing more lead time by delaying the publication of final rules in the Federal Register after they have been issued, and reducing the stringency of standards such that fewer products would require redesign. (Id. at 
p. 14) 
DOE analyzes cumulative regulatory 
burden in accordance with section 13(g) of the Process Rule. DOE details the rulemakings and expected conversion expenses of Federal energy conservation standards that could impact MREF original equipment manufacturers (‘‘OEMs’’) that take effect approximately 3 years before and after the 2029 compliance date in section V.B.2.e of this document. As shown in Table V.23 in section V.B.2.e of this document, DOE considers the potential cumulative regulatory burden from other DOE energy conservation standard rulemakings for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens in this direct final rule analysis. 
Regarding AHAM’s suggestion about 
spacing out the timing of final rules for home appliance rulemakings, DOE has statutory requirements under EPCA on the timing of rulemakings. For consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens, amended standards apply to covered products manufactured 3 years after the date on which any new or amended standards are published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(4)(A)(i)) For MREFs, amended standards apply 5 years after the date on which any new or amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) And the multi-product Joint Agreement, where stakeholders can recommend different compliance dates under DOE’s direct final rule authority, stated ‘‘jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product categories.’’ (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) The staggered compliance dates between the statutorily-required dates and the dates recommended in the Joint Agreement help mitigate manufacturers’ concerns resource allocation and concurrent amended standards. See section II.B.4 of this document for compliance dates of rulemakings recommended in the Joint Agreement. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
the Appliance Standards Awareness Project (‘‘ASAP’’) et al.
61commented 
that DOE may have overestimated the decrease in INPV, and described some perceived inconsistencies. ASAP et al. pointed out that although DOE estimated a 10 percent reduction in shipments based on a 10 percent increase in production cost, ignoring the efficiency elasticity, the shipments decline should be no more than 4.5 percent at the compliance year. (ASAP et al., No. 32 at pp. 1–2) In response to this comment, DOE re-evaluated its base assumptions and corrected its shipments estimates. The reduction in shipments in the projected compliance year for the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) is now estimated to be 3.4 percent. For more details, see chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. 
K. Emissions Analysis 
The emissions analysis consists of 
two components. The first component 
estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO
2, NO X, SO 2, and Hg. 
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH
4and N 2O, as well as the 
reductions in emissions of other gases due to ‘‘upstream’’ activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion. 
The analysis of electric power sector 
emissions of CO
2, NO X, SO 2, and Hg 
uses emissions intended to represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption associated with amended or new standards. The methodology is based on results published for the AEO, including a set 
of side cases that implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is described in appendix 13A in the direct final rule TSD. The analysis presented in this document uses projections from AEO2023. Power 
sector emissions of CH
4and N 2O from 
fuel combustion are estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories published by the EPA.
62 
FFC upstream emissions, which 
include emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels, and ‘‘fugitive’’ 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838799 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
63For further information, see the Assumptions to 
AEO2023 report that sets forth the major 
assumptions used to generate the projections in the 
Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/ outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed Nov. 22, 
2023). 
64CSAPR requires states to address annual 
emissions of SO 2and NO X, precursors to the 
formation of fine particulate matter (‘‘PM 2.5’’) 
pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and 2006 PM
2.5National Ambient Air Quality Standards 
(‘‘NAAQS’’). CSAPR also requires certain states to address the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NO
X, a precursor to the formation of 
ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011) (Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). 
65In order to continue operating, coal power 
plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO
2emissions. emissions (direct leakage to the 
atmosphere) of CH 4and CO 2, are 
estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD. 
The emissions intensity factors are 
expressed in terms of physical units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis. 
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated 
in DOE’s Analysis 
DOE’s no-new-standards case for the 
electric power sector reflects the AEO, which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. AEO2023 reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid- November 2022, including the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.
63SO 2 
emissions from affected electric generating units (‘‘EGUs’’) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap- and-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO
2for affected EGUs in the 48 
contiguous States and the District of Columbia (‘‘DC’’). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO
2emissions from numerous 
States in the eastern half of the United States are also limited under the Cross- State Air Pollution Rule (‘‘CSAPR’’). 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce certain emissions, including annual SO
2 
emissions, and went into effect as of January 1, 2015.
64The AEO 
incorporates implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO
2emissions limits under CSAPR, any 
excess SO 2emissions allowances 
resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO
2 
emissions by another regulated EGU. 
However, beginning in 2016, SO 2 
emissions began to fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (‘‘MATS’’) for power plants.
6577 FR 
9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO
2emissions allowances 
resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO
2 
emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce SO
2 
emissions. DOE estimated SO 2 
emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023. 
CSAPR also established limits on NO
X 
emissions for numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy conservation standards would have little effect on NO
Xemissions in those 
States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess NO
Xemissions 
allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NO
X 
emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NO
Xemissions would remain near 
the limit even if electricity generation goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the different regions and the need for allowances, however, NO
Xemissions 
might not remain at the limit in the case of lower electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce NO
X 
emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility, DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained the assumption that standards will not reduce NO
X 
emissions in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce NO
Xemissions in the States not covered 
by CSAPR. DOE used AEO2023 data to derive NO Xemissions factors for the 
group of States not covered by CSAPR. 
The MATS limit mercury emissions 
from power plants, but they do not 
include emissions caps and, as such, DOE’s energy conservation standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023, which 
incorporates the MATS. 
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts 
As part of the development of this 
direct final rule, for the purpose of 
complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO
2,CH 4, N2O, 
NO X,and SO 2that are expected to result 
from each of the TSLs considered. In 
order to make this calculation analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of products shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions benefits and presents the values considered in this direct final rule. 
To monetize the benefits of reducing 
GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). 
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas 
Emissions 
DOE estimates the monetized benefits 
of the reductions in emissions of CO
2, 
CH 4, and N 2O by using a measure of the 
SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC–CO 2). 
These estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. 
DOE exercises its own judgment in 
presenting monetized climate benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this proposed rulemaking in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions. That is, the social 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838800 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
66Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of 
Greenhouse Gases. 2021. Technical Support 
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990. February. United States Government. Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/ blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence- 
based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate- pollution/. 
67See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/ 
scghg. 68See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year 
Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: 
Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed 
November 21, 2023). costs of greenhouse gases, whether 
measured using the February 2021 interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the rule ultimately proposed by DOE. 
DOE estimated the global social 
benefits of CO
2, CH 4, and N 2O 
reductions using SC–GHG values that were based on the interim values presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990, published in February 2021 by the IWG (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). The SC–GHG is the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In principle, the SC–GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts, including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. The SC–GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC–GHG is the theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost analyses of policies that affect CO
2, N2O and CH 4emissions. As 
a member of the IWG involved in the development of the February 2021 SC– GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim SC–GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC–GHG until revised estimates were developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406–78408 
for discussion of the development and details of the IWG SC–GHG estimates. 
There are a number of limitations and 
uncertainties associated with the SC– GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or lower.
66Second, the IAMs used to 
produce these interim estimates do not 
include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature and the 
science underlying their ‘‘damage functions’’—i.e., the core parts of the 
IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and nonmarket) damages—lags behind the most recent research. For example, limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of their influence on the SC–CO
2estimates. However, as 
discussed in the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC–GHG estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment. 
In the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, 
the IWG stated that the models used to produce the interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature. For these same impacts, the science underlying their ‘‘damage functions’’ lags behind the most recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these and other limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC–GHG estimates presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages from GHG emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of the National Academies to develop an 
updated set of SC–GHG estimates, and DOE remains engaged in that process. 
DOE is aware that in December 2023, 
EPA issued a new set of SC–GHG estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.
67 
As DOE had used the IWG interim 
values in proposing this rule and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC–GHG values, for this final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE notes that because EPA’s estimates are considerably higher than the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values applied for this direct final rule, an analysis that uses the EPA’s estimates results in significantly greater climate- related benefits. However, such results 
would not affect DOE’s decision in this direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in this document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic justification of the standards presented in this direct final rule without considering the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values, which DOE agrees are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use EPA’s higher SC–GHG estimates, they would not change DOE’s conclusion that the standards are economically justified. 
DOE’s derivations of the SC–CO
2, SC– 
N2O, and SC–CH 4values used for this 
NOPR are discussed in the following sections, and the results of DOE’s analyses estimating the benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in section V.B.6 of this document. 
a. Social Cost of Carbon 
The SC–CO
2values used for this final 
rule were based on the values developed 
for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, which are shown in Table IV.12 in 5- year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published by EPA,
68is presented in 
appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD. These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects additional climate benefits to accrue for products still operating after 2070, but a lack of available SC–CO
2estimates for 
emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these potential benefits in this analysis. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838801 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
69See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/ 
scghg. 
DOE multiplied the CO 2emissions 
reduction estimated for each year by the 
SC–CO 2value for that year in each of 
the four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (‘‘GDP’’) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC–CO
2values in each case. 
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide 
The SC–CH
4and SC–N 2O values used 
for this direct final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD. Table IV.13 shows the updated sets of SC–CH
4and SC–N 2O 
estimates from the latest interagency update in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set of annual values used is presented in appendix 14–A of the direct final rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets of SC–CH
4and SC–N 2O values, as 
recommended by the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach previously described for the SC–CO
2. 
DOE multiplied the CH 4and N 2O 
emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC–CH
4and SC–N 2O 
estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for GDP from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC–CH
4 
and SC–N 2O estimates in each case. 
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC–GHG Estimates 
In December 2023 EPA issued a new 
set of SC–GHG estimates (2023 SC– GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.
69 
These estimates incorporate recent 
research and address recommendations of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer review of the accompanying technical 
report. For this rulemaking, DOE used these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative standards for circulator pumps. This sensitivity analysis provides an expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended standards. The final year of EPA’s new 2023 SC–GHG estimates is 2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize 
the climate benefits of GHG emissions reductions occurring after 2080. 
The overall climate benefits are 
greater when using the higher, updated SC–GHG 2023 estimates, compared to the climate benefits using the older IWG SC–GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis are presented in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD. 
2. Monetization of Other Emissions 
Impacts 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
estimated the monetized value of NO
X 
and SO 2emissions reductions from 
electricity generation using benefit per ton estimates for that sector from the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.020</GPH> ER07MY24.021</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table IV.12. Annual SC-CO2 Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 2020-2050 
'2020$ M 
t • T CO :) per e rIC on 2 
Discount Rate and Statistic 
Year 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
95th Average Average Average percentile 
2020 14 51 76 152 
2025 17 56 83 169 
2030 19 62 89 187 
2035 22 67 96 206 
2040 25 73 103 225 
2045 28 79 110 242 
2050 32 85 116 260 
Table IV.13. Annual SC-CH4 and SC-N2O Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 
2020-2050 (2020$ per Metric Ton) 
SC-CH4 SC-N20 
Discount Rate and Statistic Discount Rate and Statistic 
Year 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Average Average Average 95th Average Average Average 95th 
percentile percentile 
2020 670 1500 2000 3900 5800 18000 27000 48000 
2025 800 1700 2200 4500 6800 21000 30000 54000 
2030 940 2000 2500 5200 7800 23000 33000 60000 
2035 1100 2200 2800 6000 9000 25000 36000 67000 
2040 1300 2500 3100 6700 10000 28000 39000 74000 
2045 1500 2800 3500 7500 12000 30000 42000 81000 
2050 1700 3100 3800 8200 13000 33000 45000 88000 38802 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
70U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 
Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing 
Directly-Emitted PM 2.5, PM 2.5Precursors and Ozone 
Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton- reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors- and-ozone-precursors (last accessed December 4, 
2023). 71See U.S. Department of Commerce–Bureau of 
Economic Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User 
Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (‘‘RIMS II’’). 1997. U.S. Government Printing 
Office: Washington, DC. Available at https://apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/ rims2.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023). 72Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and 
R.W. Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy 
Technologies Model Description and User’s Guide. 2015. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL–24563. EPA’s Benefits Mapping and Analysis 
Program.70DOE used EPA’s values for 
PM 2.5-related benefits associated with 
NO Xand SO 2and for ozone-related 
benefits associated with NO Xfor 2025 
and 2030, and 2040, calculated with 
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 range; for years beyond 2040 the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on electricity consumption and emissions from AEO2023 to define weighted-average 
national values for NO
Xand SO 2(see 
appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD). 
DOE multiplied the site emissions 
reduction (in tons) in each year by the associated $/ton values and then discounted each series using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate. 
M. Utility Impact Analysis 
The utility impact analysis estimates 
the changes in installed electrical 
capacity and generation projected to result for each considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO 
Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate the economy- wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the AEO2023 Reference case and various 
side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final rule TSD. 
The output of this analysis is a set of 
time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or amended energy conservation standards. N. Employment Impact Analysis 
DOE considers employment impacts 
in the domestic economy as one factor 
in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the products subject to standards. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by (1) reduced spending by consumers on energy, (2) reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry, (3) increased consumer spending on the products to which the new standards apply and other goods and services, and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy. 
One method for assessing the possible 
effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department’s BLS. BLS regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.
71There are many reasons for 
these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more 
labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail 
and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards. 
DOE estimated indirect national 
employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 4 (‘‘ImSET’’).
72 
ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ‘‘U.S. Benchmark National Input- Output’’ (‘‘I–O’’) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer- based I– O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential building energy use. 
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general 
equilibrium forecasting model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long run for this direct final rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to generate results for near-term timeframes (2029–2033), where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD. 
O. Other Comments 
As discussed previously, DOE 
considered relevant comments, data, 
and information obtained through the 2023 NOPR public comment process in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). And while some of those comments were directed at specific aspects of DOE’s analysis of the Joint Agreement under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), others were more generally applicable to DOE’s energy conservation standards rulemaking program as a whole. The ensuing discussion focuses on these general comments concerning energy conservation standards issued under 
EPCA. 
The National Academies of Sciences, 
Engineering, and Medicine (‘‘NAS’’) periodically appoint a committee to peer review the assumptions, models, and methodologies that DOE uses in setting energy conservation standards 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838803 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
73National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, 
and Medicine. 2021. Review of Methods Used by the 
U.S. Department of Energy in Setting Appliance and Equipment Standards. Washington, DC: The 
National Academies Press. Available at doi.org/ 
10.17226/25992 (last accessed August 2, 2023). 74For BIC, the considered EL is lower at TSL 3 
than TSL 2 due to the relatively high Energy Star level included in TSL 2. for covered products and equipment. 
The most recent such peer review was conducted in a series of meetings in 2020, and NAS issued the report
73in 
2021 detailing its findings and recommendations on how DOE can improve its analyses and align them with best practices for cost-benefit analysis. 
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM stated that despite previous requests from AHAM and others, DOE has failed to review and incorporate the recommendations of the NAS report, instead indicating that it will conduct a separate rulemaking process without such a process having been initiated. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 8) AHAM further stated that DOE seems to be ignoring the recommendations in the NAS Report and even conducting analysis that is opposite to the recommendations. AHAM commented that DOE cannot continue to perpetuate the errors in its analytical approach that have been pointed out by stakeholders and the NAS report as to do so will lead to arbitrary and capricious rules. (Id.) 
As discussed, the rulemaking process 
for establishing new or amended standards for covered products and equipment are specified at appendix A to subpart C of 10 CFR part 430 (the Process Rule). DOE periodically examines and revises these provisions in separate rulemaking proceedings. The recommendations provided in the NAS Report, which pertain to the processes by which DOE analyzes energy conservation standards, will be considered by DOE in a separate, forthcoming rulemaking process. 
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions 
The following section addresses the 
results from DOE’s analyses with 
respect to the considered energy conservation standards for MREFs. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for MREFs, and the standards levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule. Additional details regarding DOE’s analyses are contained in the direct final rule TSD supporting this document. 
A. Trial Standard Levels 
In general, DOE typically evaluates 
potential new or amended standards for 
products and equipment by grouping individual efficiency levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and consider manufacturer cost interactions between the product classes, to the extent that there are such interactions, and price elasticity of consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard levels are set. 
In the analysis conducted for this 
direct final rule, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of five TSLs for MREFs. DOE developed TSLs that combine efficiency levels for each analyzed product class. TSL 1 represents a 10 percent increase in efficiency, corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above the baseline for each analyzed product class. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with Energy Star requirements for coolers, which in most cases except freestanding coolers (‘‘FC’’) represent an increase compared to TSL 1, and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler product classes compared to TSL 1. TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FC by an additional 10 percent compared to TSLs 1 and 2 and built-in coolers (‘‘BIC’’) by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 1
74, while maintaining the same 
efficiency levels as TSL 2 for combination coolers. TSL 4 (the recommended TSL) further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except built-in compact cooler (‘‘BICC’’), BIC, C–3A and C–3A–BI, which remain at the same level as in TSL 3. TSL 5 represents max-tech for each product class, which represents an increase from TSL 4 in all cases. DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct final rule TSD. 
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the 
corresponding efficiency levels that DOE has identified for potential amended energy conservation standards for MREFs. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.022</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.1 Trial Standard Levels for MREFs 
FCC FC BICC BIC C-13A C-13A-C-3A C-3A-BI BI 
TSLl ELI EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 
(10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) 
TSL2 EL2 EL 1 EL3 EL3 EL2 EL2 EL 1 EL 1 
(20%) (10%) (30%) (30%) (16%) (16%) (10%) (10%) 
TSL3 EL2 EL2 EL3 EL2 EL2 EL2 EL 1 EL 1 
(20%) (20%) (30%) (20%) (16%) (16%) (10%) (10%) 
TSL4 EL3 EL3 EL3 EL2 EL3 EL3 EL 1 EL 1 
(30%) (30%) (30%) (20%) (20%) (20%) (10%) (10%) 
EL5 EL5 EL5 EL5 EL5 EL5 EL4 EL4 TSLS (59%, (38%) (59%, (38%) (28%) (28%) (24%) (24%) 50%)* 50%)* 
* Corresponding to 3.1 cu. ft. and 5.1 cu. ft. representative units, respectively. 38804 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
B. Economic Justification and Energy 
Savings 
1. Economic Impacts on Individual 
Consumers 
DOE analyzed the economic impacts 
on MREF consumers by looking at the effects that potential amended standards at each TSL would have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on selected 
consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the following sections. 
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
In general, higher-efficiency products 
affect consumers in two ways: (1) 
purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include 
total installed costs (i.e., product price 
plus installation costs), and operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy 
prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC 
calculation also uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses. 
Tables V.2 through V.17 show the 
LCC and PBP results for the TSLs considered for each product class. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-new- 
standards case in the compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of the baseline product and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase a product with efficiency at or above a given TSL are 
not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.023</GPH> ER07MY24.024</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8T bl V2 A a e . verai:e an esu s or LCC dPBPR It t BIC 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Cost Operating Operating LCC Years years 
Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,877.84 39.78 469.37 2,347.21 - 14.5 
I I 1,905.01 35.86 423.09 2,328.10 6.9 14.5 
3,4 2 1,911.08 32.27 380.67 2,291.75 4.4 14.5 
2 3 1,980.25 28.39 334.88 2,315.12 9.0 14.5 
-- 4 2,261.59 26.58 313.49 2,575.08 29.1 14.5 
5 5 2,325.00 25.68 302.80 2,627.79 31.7 14.5 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.3 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BIC 
Efficiency Life-O 1cle Cost Savine:s 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1 1 18.99 19.2 
3,4 2 53.56 4.6 
2 3 19.27 52.7 
-- 4 (240.68) 97.5 
5 5 (293.40) 98.4 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38805 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.025</GPH> ER07MY24.026</GPH> ER07MY24.027</GPH> ER07MY24.028</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8T bl V 4A a e . vera~e an esu s or LCC d PBP R It t BICC 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Operating Operating LCC Years years Cost Cost Cost 
--Baseline 749.12 26.35 239.64 988.76 - 10.6 
1 1 754.97 23.88 217.17 972.14 2.4 10.6 
-- 2 778.61 21.30 193.67 972.27 5.8 10.6 
2-4 3 808.77 18.95 172.20 980.97 8.1 10.6 
-- 4 857.81 16.47 149.60 1,007.41 11.0 10.6 
5 5 969.53 12.06 109.45 1,078.98 15.4 10.6 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.5 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BICC 
Efficiency Life-C cle Cost Savings 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1 1 16.08 0.9 
-- 2 11.21 10.0 
2-4 3 1.53 15.1 
-- 4 (25.46) 20.0 
5 5 (97.38) 23.7 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 
T bl V 6 A a e . vera~e an esu s or - LCC d PBP R It t C 13A 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Cost Operating Operating LCC Years Years 
Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,155.05 32.29 293.98 1,449.03 - 10.7 
1 1 1,158.39 29.24 266.25 1,424.64 1.1 10.7 
2,3 2 1,161.33 27.41 249.53 1,410.86 1.3 10.7 
4 3 1,199.58 26.21 238.54 1,438.12 7.3 10.7 
-- 4 1,279.30 24.71 224.89 1,504.19 16.4 10.7 
5 5 1,322.51 23.68 215.46 1,537.97 19.4 10.7 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.7 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13A 
Efficiency Life-C cle Cost Savings 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1 1 24.36 0.2 
2,3 2 37.86 0.6 
4 3 10.60 47.2 
-- 4 (55.47) 89.1 
5 5 (89.25) 93.9 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38806 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.029</GPH> ER07MY24.030</GPH> ER07MY24.031</GPH> ER07MY24.032</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8T bl V 8 A a e . vera~e an esu s or - - LCC d PBP R It i C 13A BI 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Operating Operating LCC Years years Cost Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,372.62 35.48 321.01 1,693.63 - 10.6 
1 1 1,376.17 32.14 290.75 1,666.92 1.1 10.6 
2,3 2 1,379.30 30.13 272.51 1,651.81 1.2 10.6 
4 3 1,420.01 28.81 260.52 1,680.53 7.1 10.6 
-- 4 1,504.85 27.17 245.63 1,750.48 15.9 10.6 
5 5 1,550.84 26.03 235.34 1,786.18 18.9 10.6 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.9 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13A­
BI 
Efficiency Life-O,cie Cost Savin2s 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1 1 26.69 0.4 
2,3 2 41.53 0.5 
4 3 12.81 46.0 
-- 4 (57.14) 87.8 
5 5 (92.83) 93.1 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 
Table V 10 Average LCC and PBP Results for C-3A . 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Cost Operating Operating LCC Years years 
Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,092.34 32.58 386.24 1,478.58 - 14.6 
1-4 1 1,097.64 29.53 349.99 1,447.63 1.7 14.6 
-- 2 1,146.86 28.09 332.95 1,479.80 12.1 14.6 
-- 3 1,347.15 26.64 315.69 1,662.84 42.9 14.6 
5 4 1,420.65 25.35 300.39 1,721.04 45.4 14.6 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.11 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3A 
Efficiency Life-C cle Cost Savin2s 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1-4 1 30.95 0.0 
-- 2 (1.22) 64.0 
-- 3 (184.26) 99.4 
5 4 (242.46) 99.6 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38807 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.033</GPH> ER07MY24.034</GPH> ER07MY24.035</GPH> ER07MY24.036</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8T bl V 12 A a e . vera ge an esu s or - - LCC d PBP R It i C 3A BI 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime Level Installed Operating Operating LCC Years Cost years 
Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,525.00 37.11 443.60 1,968.60 - 14.7 
1-4 1 1,530.64 33.62 401.77 1,932.41 1.6 14.7 
-- 2 1,583.02 31.87 380.86 1,963.88 11.1 14.7 
-- 3 1,796.17 30.12 359.95 2,156.12 38.8 14.7 
5 4 1,874.39 28.80 344.15 2,218.55 42.0 14.7 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.13 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3A­
BI 
Efficiency Life-C cle Cost Savings 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1-4 1 36.19 0.0 
-- 2 4.72 57.2 
-- 3 (187.52) 99.0 
5 4 (249.95) 99.3 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 
T bl V 14 A a e . vera ge an esu s or LCC d PBP R It i FC 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Cost Operating Operating LCC Years years 
Cost Cost 
--Baseline 1,416.63 39.71 468.33 1,884.96 - 14.5 
1,2 1 1,442.18 35.80 422.17 1,864.36 6.5 14.5 
3 2 1,447.90 32.22 379.87 1,827.76 4.2 14.5 
4 3 1,512.93 28.35 334.20 1,847.13 8.5 14.5 
-- 4 1,777.48 26.55 312.87 2,090.35 27.4 14.5 
5 5 1,837.10 25.64 302.21 2,139.31 29.9 14.5 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.15 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FC 
Efficiency Life-C,.,cle Cost Savin2s 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1,2 1 21.06 10.0 
3 2 45.59 1.8 
4 3 26.22 44.0 
-- 4 (217.00) 97.5 
5 5 (265.96) 98.2 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38808 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis 
In the consumer subgroup analysis, 
DOE estimated the impact of the 
considered TSLs on senior-only households, which account for 8.7% of the total MREF household sample. DOE 
did not consider low-income consumers in this direct final rule because MREFs are not products generally used by this subgroup, as they typically cost more than comparable compact refrigerators, 
which are able to maintain lower temperatures compared to MREFs, and therefore serve a wider range of applications. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent of MREF owners are below the federal household income threshold for poverty. Table V.18 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at each efficiency level for the senior-only consumer subgroup with similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for all product classes. In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for senior- only households at the considered efficiency levels are improved (i.e., higher LCC savings and equal or lesser payback periods) from the average for all households. Chapter 11 of the direct final rule TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroup. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.037</GPH> ER07MY24.038</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V 16 Average LCC and PBP Results for FCC . 
Average Costs 
Efficiency 2022$ Simple Average 
TSL Level Installed First Year's Lifetime Payback Lifetime 
Operating Operating LCC Years years Cost Cost Cost 
--Baseline 547.98 26.30 238.78 786.76 - 10.6 
1 1 552.90 23.84 216.42 769.33 2.0 10.6 
2,3 2 573.06 21.27 193.04 766.10 5.0 10.6 
4 3 598.43 18.92 171.72 770.15 6.8 10.6 
-- 4 639.67 16.45 149.24 788.91 9.3 10.6 
5 5 732.92 12.02 108.95 841.87 12.9 10.6 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The 
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 
Table V.17 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FCC 
Efficiency Life-C cle Cost Savings 
TSL Average LCC Savings . Percent of Consumers that Level 2022$ Experience Net Cost 
1 1 17.53 1.9 
2,3 2 17.55 30.6 
4 3 12.97 46.8 
-- 4 (5.79) 65.5 
5 5 (58.75) 81.6 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38809 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback 
As discussed in section IV.F.9 of this 
document, EPCA establishes a 
rebuttable presumption that an energy 
conservation standard is economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) In calculating a 
rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values and, as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test procedure for MREFs. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1.a of this document were calculated using distributions that 
reflect the range of energy use in the field. 
Table V.19 presents the rebuttable- 
presumption payback periods for the considered TSLs for MREFs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.039</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.18 Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Senior-Only Consumer 
Subgroup and All Consumers 
Average LCC Savings* Simple Payback 
2022$ years 
Senior-Only All Senior-Only All 
TSL Households Households Households Households 
FCC 
1 18.26 17.53 1.9 2.0 
2,3 18.81 17.55 4.9 5.0 
4 14.87 12.97 6.6 6.8 
5 (54.77) (58.75) 12.6 13.0 
FC 
1,2 23.08 21.06 6.3 6.5 
3 48.17 45.59 4.0 4.2 
4 30.69 26.22 8.2 8.5 
5 (260.04) (265.96) 28.9 29.9 
BICC 
1 16.95 16.08 2.3 2.4 
2-4 4.12 1.53 7.8 8.1 
5 (92.37) (97.38) 15.0 15.4 
BIC 
I 21.14 18.99 6.7 6.9 
3,4 57.44 53.56 4.3 4.4 
2 24.36 19.27 8.7 9.0 
5 (286.98) (293.40) 30.7 31.7 
C-13A 
1 25.22 24.36 1.1 1.1 
2,3 39.23 37.86 1.3 1.3 
4 12.30 10.60 7.1 7.3 
5 (86.88) (89.25) 19.0 19.5 
C-13A-BI 
1 27.67 26.69 1.0 1.1 
2,3 43.09 41.53 1.2 1.3 
4 14.75 12.81 6.9 7.1 
5 (90.13) (92.83) 18.4 18.9 
C-3A 
1-4 32.33 30.95 1.7 1.7 
5 (239.10) (242.46) 44.0 45.4 
C-3A-BI 
1-4 37.91 36.19 1.6 1.6 
5 (245.98) (249.95) 40.6 42.0 
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38810 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
75The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 
28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of 
1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively. more detailed analysis of the economic 
impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level, thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification. 
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers 
DOE performed an MIA to estimate 
the impact of amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs. The next section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in further detail. 
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results 
In this section, DOE provides GRIM 
results from the analysis, which 
examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. The following tables summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers of MREFs would incur at each TSL. 
The impact of amended energy 
conservation standards was analyzed under two scenarios: (1) the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage; and (2) the preservation-of-operating- profit, as discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document. The preservation-of- gross-margin percentages applies a ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ of 20 percent for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.
75This scenario 
assumes that a manufacturer’s per-unit dollar profit would increase as MPCs increase in the standards cases and represents the upper-bound to industry profitability under potential new or amended energy conservation standards. 
The preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario reflects manufacturers’ concerns about their inability to maintain margins as MPCs increase to reach more stringent efficiency levels. In this scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their facilities to produce compliant products, operating profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a percentage of revenue. The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario results in the lower (or more severe) bound to impacts of potential amended standards on industry. 
Each of the modeled scenarios results 
in a unique set of cash flows and corresponding INPV for each TSL. INPV is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period. The ‘‘change in INPV’’ refers to the difference in industry value between the no-new-standards case and standards case at each TSL. To provide perspective on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE includes a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new- standards case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before amended standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of the magnitude of the required conversion costs relative to the cash flow generated by the industry in the no-new-standards case. 
Conversion costs are one-time 
investments for manufacturers to bring their manufacturing facilities and product designs into compliance with potential amended standards. As described in section IV.J.2.c of this document, conversion cost investments occur between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the amended standards. The conversion costs can have a significant impact on the short-term cash flow of the industry and generally result in lower free cash flow in the period between the publication of the direct final rule and the compliance date of potential amended standards. Conversion costs are independent of the manufacturer markup scenarios and are not presented as a range in this analysis. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.040</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.19 Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Periods 
Efficiency Rebuttable Payback Period 
Years Level FCC FC BICC BIC C-13A C-13A-BI C-3A C-3A-BI 
1 1.8 5.9 2.1 6.2 1.0 1.0 1.6 1.5 
2 4.5 3.7 5.3 4.0 1.2 1.1 11.0 10.0 
3 6.2 7.6 7.3 8.1 6.6 6.4 38.7 35.2 
4 8.4 24.6 9.9 26.2 14.9 14.4 41.0 38.1 
5 11.7 26.8 13.9 28.5 17.6 17.1 -- --38811 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
The following cash flow discussion 
refers to product classes as defined in 
Table I.1 in section I of this document and the efficiency levels and design options as detailed in Table IV.4 in section IV.C.3 of this document. 
At TSL 1, the standard represents a 
modest increase in efficiency, corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above baseline for all classes, except product classes C–9 and C–9–BI at baseline efficiency. The change in INPV is expected to range from –4.2 to –3.8 percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 41.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, 24.4 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 1. See Table V.21 for the percentage of shipments that meet each TSL by product class. 
DOE analyzed implementing various 
design options for the range of directly analyzed product classes. These design options could include implementing more efficient single-speed compressors, tube and fin evaporators and/or condensers, hot walls, and argon-filled glass. At TSL 1, capital conversion costs are minimal because most manufacturers can incorporate design options with component changes. Product conversion costs may be necessary for sourcing components, building prototypes, and testing new components. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $54.0 million. Conversion costs total $55.3 million. 
At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted 
average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 0.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment- weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the relatively small increase in production costs, DOE does not project a notable drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect. In the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $55.3 million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of- operating-profit scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as would be earned in the no-new- standards case, but manufacturers do not earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed 2029 compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $55.3 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. See section IV.J.2.d of this document for details on the manufacturer markup scenarios. 
TSL 2 represents efficiency levels 
consistent with ENERGY STAR requirements for coolers and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler product classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from –6.1 to –4.6 percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 43.1 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, 12.6 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 2. 
The design options DOE analyzed for 
most product classes include implementing similar design options as TSL 1, such as more efficient single- speed compressors. For FCC, C–13A, and C–13A–BI, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 2. For BICC and BIC, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 3. For the remaining product classes, the efficiencies required at TSL 2 are the same as TSL 1. The increase in conversion costs compared to TSL 1 are largely driven by the higher efficiencies required for BICs, which account for 3.5 percent of MREF shipments. For BIC products that do not 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.041</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.20 Manufacturer Impact Analysis Results for Miscellaneous Refrigeration 
Products 
No-New-
Unit Standards TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 
Case 
INPV 2022$ 807.7 773.7 to 758.7 to 761.9 to 715.6 to 386.7 to 
Million 777.2 770.6 772.1 747.4 524.5 
Change in % -(4.2) to (6.l)to (5.7) to (11.4) to (52.l)to 
INPV* (3.8) (4.6) (4.4) (7.5) (35.1) 
Free Cash 2022$ 60.4 41.5 34.3 35.8 13.2 (169.9) Flow (2028) Million 
Change in 
Free Cash % - (31.2) (43.1) (40.7) (78.2) (381.5) 
Flow (2028) 
Product 2022$ Conversion Million - 54.0 68.4 70.8 104.1 375.3 
Costs 
Capital 2022$ Conversion Million - 1.3 6.4 1.3 26.6 179.7 
Costs 
Total 2022$ Conversion Million - 55.3 74.8 72.1 130.7 555.1 
Costs 
*Parentheses denote negative(-) values. 38812 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
meet this level, increasing insulation 
thickness would likely mean new cabinets, liners, and fixtures as well as new shelf designs. Implementing variable-speed compressors could require more advanced controls and electronics and new test stations. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $6.4 million and product conversion costs of $68.4 million. Conversion costs total $74.8 million. 
At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted 
average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 3.4 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment- weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the preservation-of-gross- margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $74.8 million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $74.8 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. 
TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FCs 
by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 2, and TSL 3 decreases the efficiency for BICs by 10 percent. Combination coolers are at the same efficiency levels as TSL 2. The change in INPV is expected to range from –5.7 to –4.4 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 40.7 percent compared to the no-new- standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 5.8 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 3. 
At this level, DOE analyzed similar 
design options as TSL 1 and TSL 2, such as implementing incrementally more efficient single-speed compressors. For all product classes except FC and BIC, the efficiencies required at TSL 3 are the 
same as TSL 2. For FC, TSL 3 corresponds to EL 2. For BIC, TSL 3 reflects a lower efficiency level (EL 2) as compared to TSL 2 (EL 3). Industry capital conversion costs decrease at TSL 3 as compared to TSL 2 due to the lower efficiency level required for BIC. As previously discussed, DOE expects manufacturers of BIC would likely need to increase insulation thickness at TSL 
2 (EL 3) and incorporate variable-speed compressors. However, at TSL 3, DOE’s engineering analysis and manufacturer feedback indicate that manufacturers could achieve EL 2 efficiencies for BIC with relatively straightforward component swaps versus a larger product redesign associated with increasing insulation. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $70.8 million. Conversion costs total $72.1 million. 
At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted 
average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 3.2 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment- weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the preservation-of-gross- margin-percentage scenario, the slight increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $72.1 million in conversion costs, causing a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of- operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $72.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. 
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 
4), the standard reflects an increase in efficiency level for the product classes that make up the vast majority of MREF shipments (FCC, FC, C–13A). The Recommended TSL further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except BICC, BIC, C–3A, and C–3A–BI. The change in INPV is expected to range from –11.4 to –7.5 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 78.2 percent compared to the no- new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 3.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL. 
At the Recommended TSL, all 
product classes correspond to EL 3, except BIC, C–3A, C–3A–BI, C–9, and C–9–BI. For BIC, the Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 2. For C–3A, the 
efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL are the same as TSL 3 (EL 1). For C–3A–BI, the Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 1. Both C–9 and C–9–BI correspond to baseline efficiency. At this level, conversion costs are largely driven by the efficiencies required for FC, which accounts for approximately 11.8 percent of industry shipments. DOE’s shipments 
analysis estimates that no FC shipments currently meet the efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL. All manufacturers would need to update their product platforms, which could include increasing insulation thickness and implementing variable-speed compressors. Increasing insulation thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior product dimensions. A decrease of interior volume would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $26.6 million and product conversion costs of $104.1 million. Conversion costs total $130.7 million. 
At the Recommended TSL, the 
shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 8.1 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an estimated 4 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect relative to the no- new-standards case. In the preservation- of-gross-margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $130.7 million in conversion costs and the drop in annual shipments, causing a negative change in INPV at the Recommended TSL under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup, the $130.7 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a negative change in INPV at the Recommended TSL under the preservation-of- operating-profit scenario. 
TSL 5 represents max-tech efficiency 
levels for all product classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from –52.1 to –35.1 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 381.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, 
approximately 2.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 5. 
DOE’s shipments analysis estimates 
that no shipments meet the efficiencies required across all product classes except for BICC, which account for only 4 percent of industry shipments. A max- tech standard would necessitate significant investment to redesign 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838813 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
76U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of 
Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry 
Groups and Industries in the U.S (2021).’’ Available 
at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/ 
data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023). 77U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs 
for Employee Compensation—June 2023. September 
12, 2023. Available at www.bls.gov/news.release/ pdf/ecec.pdf (last accessed October 30, 2023). nearly all product platforms and 
incorporate design options such as the most efficient variable-speed compressors, triple-pane glass, increased foam insulation thickness, 
and VIP technology. Capital conversion costs may be necessary for new tooling for VIP placement as well as new testing stations for high-efficiency components. Increasing insulation thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior product dimensions. Loss of interior volume would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. Product conversion costs at max-tech are significant as manufacturers work to completely redesign their product platforms. For products implementing VIPs, product conversion costs may be necessary for prototyping and testing for VIP 
placement, design, and sizing. Manufacturers implementing triple- pane glass may need to redesign the door frame and hinges to support the added thickness and weight. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $179.7 million and product conversion costs of $375.3 million. Conversion costs total $555.1 million. 
At TSL 5, the large conversion costs 
result in a free cash flow dropping below zero in the years before the standards year. The negative free cash flow calculation indicates manufacturers may need to access cash 
reserves or outside capital to finance conversion efforts. 
At TSL 5, the shipment-weighted 
average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 32.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment- weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an 
estimated 13 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-gross-margin- 
percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $555.1 million in conversion costs and drop in annual shipments, causing a significant negative change in INPV at TSL 5 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of- operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup, the $555.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a significant decrease in INPV at TSL 5 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. 
b. Direct Impacts on Employment 
To quantitatively assess the potential 
impacts of amended energy 
conservation standards on direct employment in the MREF industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the standards cases during the analysis period. For this direct final rule, DOE used the most up- to-date information available. DOE calculated these values using statistical data from the 2021 ASM,
76BLS employee compensation data,77results 
from the engineering analysis, and 
manufacturer interviews conducted in support of the March 2023 NOPR. 
Labor expenditures related to product 
manufacturing depend on the labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the total MPCs by the labor percentage of MPCs. The total labor expenditures in the GRIM were then converted to total production employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened wage multiplied by the average number of 
hours worked per year per production worker. To do this, DOE relied on the ASM inputs: Production Workers 
Annual Wages, Production Workers Annual Hours, Production Workers for Pay Period, and Number of Employees. DOE also relied on the BLS employee compensation data to determine the fully burdened wage ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave, supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally required benefits. 
The number of production employees 
is then multiplied by the U.S. labor Percentage to convert total production employment to total domestic production employment. The U.S. labor percentage represents the industry 
fraction of domestic manufacturing 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.042</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.21 Percentages of 2024 Shipments that Meet each TSL by Product Class 
Product Class TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 
FCC 21.0% 3.0% 3.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
FC 58.0% 58.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
BICC 82.0% 75.0% 76.0% 76.0% 74.0% 
BIC 28.0% 28.0% 28.0% 28.0% 0.0% 
C-3A 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
C-3A-BI 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 
C-9 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 
C-9-BI 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
C-13A 1.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
C-13A-BI 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 
Total 24.4% 12.6% 5.8% 3.9% 2.9% 38814 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
78The comprehensive description of production 
and non-production workers is available at 
‘‘Definitions and Instructions for the Annual Survey of Manufacturers, MA–10000’’ (pp. 13–14) www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technical- documentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/ MA_ 10000_ Instructions.pdf (last accessed 
September 9, 2023). production capacity for the covered 
product. This value is derived from manufacturer interviews, product database analysis, and publicly available information. Consistent with the March 2023 NOPR, DOE estimates that 7.8 percent of MREFs are produced domestically. 
The domestic production employees 
estimate covers production line workers, including line supervisors, who are directly involved in fabricating and assembling products within the OEM facility. Workers performing 
services that are closely associated with production operations, such as materials-handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as production labor. DOE’s estimates only account for 
production workers who manufacture the specific products covered by this rulemaking. 
Non-production workers account for 
the remainder of the direct employment figure. The non-production employees estimate covers domestic workers who are not directly involved in the production process, such as sales, engineering, human resources, and management.
78Using the amount of 
domestic production workers calculated above, non-production domestic 
employees are extrapolated by multiplying the ratio of non-production workers in the industry compared to production employees. DOE assumes that this employee distribution ratio 
remains constant between the no-new- standards case and standards cases. 
Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the 
absence of amended energy conservation standards there would be 211 domestic production and non- production workers for MREFs in 2029. Table V.22 shows the range of the impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S. manufacturing employment in the MREF industry. The following discussion provides a qualitative evaluation of the range of potential impacts presented in Table V.22. 
The direct employment impacts 
shown in Table V.22 represent the 
potential domestic employment changes that could result following the compliance date for the MREF product classes in this direct final rule. The upper bound estimate corresponds to a change in the number of domestic workers that would result from amended energy conservation standards if manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of covered products within the United States after compliance takes effect. The lower bound estimate represents the maximum decrease in production workers if manufacturing moved to lower labor-cost countries. At lower TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of 
changes in production location due to amended standards are low due to the relatively minor production line updates required. However, as amended standards increase in stringency and both the complexity and cost of production facility updates increases, manufacturers may reevaluate domestic production siting options. Specifically, 
implementing VIPs could necessitate additional labor content and significant capital investment. However, at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), none of 
the analyzed product classes would likely require VIPs to meet the recommended efficiency levels. Furthermore, DOE notes that of the six manufacturers with U.S. manufacturing facilities producing MREFs, five manufacturers are AHAM members, a key signatory of the Joint Agreement. 
Additional detail on the analysis of 
direct employment can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. Additionally, the employment impacts discussed in this section are independent of the employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, which are documented in chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD. 
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity 
In interviews, manufacturers noted 
that the majority of MREFs—namely 
FCC—are manufactured in Asia and rebranded by home appliance 
manufacturers. Manufacturers had few concerns about manufacturing constraints below the max-tech level and the implementation of VIPs. However, at max-tech, some manufacturers expressed technical uncertainty about industry’s ability to meet the efficiencies required as few OEMs offer products at max-tech today. For example, DOE is not aware of any OEMs that currently offer FCC that meet TSL 5 efficiencies. DOE’s shipments 
analysis estimates that except for BICC, which only accounts for 4 percent of MREF shipments, no shipments of other product classes meet the max-tech efficiencies. 
Some low-volume domestic and 
European-based OEMs offer niche or high-end MREFs (i.e., built-ins, 
combination coolers, FCCs that can be integrated into kitchen cabinetry). In interviews, these manufacturers stated that, due to their low volume and wide range of product offerings, they could face engineering resource constraints 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.043</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.22 Domestic Direct Employment Impacts for MREF Manufacturers in 2029 
No-New-
Standards TSL 1 TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 
Case 
Direct Employment 
in 2029 (Production 
Workers+ Non- 211 210 207 207 204 201 
Production 
Workers) 
Potential Changes in (188) to (188) to (188) to (188) to (188) to Direct Employment -(1) (3) (3) (6) (9) Workers* 
*DOE presents a range of potential employment impacts. Numbers in parentheses denote negative values. 38815 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
should amended standards necessitate a 
significant redesign, such as requiring insulation thickness changes for FCs at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) or 
requiring VIPs for all product classes at TSL 5. These manufacturers further stated that the extent of their resource constraints depend, in part, on the outcome of other ongoing DOE energy conservation standards rulemakings that impact related products, in particular, the energy conservation standards for RF. DOE notes that the January 2024 RF Direct Final Rule amending the energy conservation standards for RF was published in the Federal Register on January 17, 2024. 89 FR 3026. In that direct final rule, compliance with amended standards would be required in 2029 or 2030, depending on the product class, instead of 2027, as analyzed in the RF NOPR published in the Federal Register on February 27, 
2023. See 88 FR 12452. Thus, 
manufacturers will have more time to redesign RF products to meet amended standards, compared to the EPCA- specified compliance period. Additionally, for OEMs that manufacture both MREFs and RFs, DOE expects that the alignment of the 
compliance dates for these covered products would help mitigate regulatory burden by reducing the number of times manufacturers would need to reorganize production lines. d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers 
Using average cost assumptions to 
develop industry cash-flow estimates may not capture the differential impacts among subgroups of manufacturers. Small manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that differs substantially from the industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE investigated small businesses as a manufacturer subgroup that could be disproportionally impacted by energy conservation standards and could merit additional analysis. 
DOE analyzes the impacts on small 
businesses in a separate analysis for the standards proposed in the NOPR published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register and in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. In summary, the SBA defines a ‘‘small business’’ as having 1,500 employees or less for NAICS 335220, ‘‘Major Household Appliance Manufacturing’’ or as having 1,250 employees of less for the secondary NAICS code of 333415: ‘‘Air- Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.’’ Using the more conservative (i.e., more inclusive) 
threshold of 1,500 employees, DOE identified one domestic OEM that qualifies as small business and is not foreign-owned and operated. For a discussion of the impacts on the small business manufacturer group, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden 
One aspect of assessing manufacturer 
burden involves looking at the 
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency. 
For the cumulative regulatory burden 
analysis, DOE examines Federal, product-specific regulations that could affect MREF manufacturers that take effect approximately 3 years before and after 2029 the compliance date. This information is presented in Table V.23. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838816 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.044</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.23 Compliance Dates and Expected Conversion Expenses of Federal 
Energy Conservation Standards Affecting Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
Orie:inal Equipment Manufacturers 
Approx. Industry Industry 
Number ofOEMs Conversion Federal Energy Number of Affected by This Standards Conversion Costs/ Conservation Standard OEMs* Rule** Compliance Costs Equipment Year (Millions) Revenue*** 
Automatic Commercial 
Ice Makerst 23 5 2027 $15.9 0.6% 88 FR30508 (2022$) 
(May 11, 2023) 
Dishwashers t $125.6 88 FR32514 21 12 2027 2.1% 
(May 19, 2023) (2021$) 
Refrigerated Bottled or 
Canned Beverage $1.5 Vending Machines t 5 1 2028 (2022$) 0.2% 
88 FR33968 
(May 25, 2023) 
Room Air Conditioners $24.8 88 FR34298 8 4 2026 0.4% 
(May 26, 2023) (2021$) 
Microwave Ovens $46.1 88 FR39912 18 8 2026 0.7% 
(June 20, 2023) (2021$) 
Consumer Water 
Heaterst 22 3 2030 $228.1 1.1% 88 FR49058 (2022$) 
(July 27, 2023) 
Consumer Boilers t $98.0 88 FR 55128 24 1 2030 3.6% 
(August 14,2023) (2022$) 
Commercial Water 
Heating Equipment 15 1 2026 $42.7 3.8% 88 FR69686 (2022$) 
(October 6, 2023) 
Commercial 
Refrigerators, 
Refrigerator-Freezers, 83 10 2028 $226.4 1.6% and Freezerst (2022$) 
88 FR 70196 
(October 10, 2023) 
Dehumidifiers t $6.9 88 FR 76510 20 4 2028 0.4% 
(November 6, 2023) (2022$) 
Consumer Furnaces 
88 FR87502 15 1 2029 $162.0 1.8% (December 18, 2023) (2022$) 38817 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
79The microwave ovens energy conservation 
standards final rule (88 FR 39912), which has 8 overlapping OEMs, was published prior to the joint 
submission of the multi-product Joint Agreement. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
As shown in Table V.23, most of the 
rulemakings with the largest overlap of 
MREF OEMs include RFs, consumer conventional cooking products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and MREFs, which are all part of the multi-product Joint Agreement submitted by interested parties.
79The multi-product Joint 
Agreement states the ‘‘jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the overall energy and 
economic benefits of this agreement while allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product categories.’’ (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) As discussed previously, the staggered compliance dates help mitigate manufacturers’ concerns about their ability to allocate sufficient 
resources to comply with multiple concurrent amended standards and 
about the need to align compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs. See section IV.J.3 of this document for stakeholder comments about cumulative regulatory burden. See Table V.24 for a comparison of the estimated compliance dates based on EPCA-specified timelines and the compliance dates detailed in the Joint Agreement. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.045</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Refrigerators, 
Refrigerator-Freezers, 2029 and $830.3 and Freezers 63 13 2030t (2022$) 1.3% 
89 FR3026 
(Januarv17,2024) 
Consumer Conventional 
Cooking Products 35 9 2028 $66.7 0.3% 89 FR 11548 (2022$) 
(February 14, 2024) 
Consumer Clothes 
Dryers 19 8 2028 $180.7 1.4% 89 FR 18164 (2022$) 
(March 12, 2024) 
Residential Clothes 
Washers 22 7 2028 $320.0 1.8% 89 FR 19026 (2022$) 
(March 15, 2024) 
* This column presents the total number of OEMs identified in the energy conservation standard rule that is 
contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. 
** This column presents the number ofOEMs producing MREFs that are also listed as OEMs in the 
identified energy conservation standard that is contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. 
*** This column presents industry conversion costs as a percentage of equipment revenue during the 
conversion period. Industry conversion costs are the upfront investments manufacturers must make to sell 
compliant products/equipment. The revenue used for this calculation is the revenue from just the covered 
product/equipment associated with each row. The conversion period is the time frame over which 
conversion costs are made and lasts from the publication year of a final rule to the compliance year of the 
energy conservation standard. The conversion period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the 
rulemaking. 
t These rulemakings are at the NOPR stage, and all values are subject to change until fmalized through 
publication of a fmal rule. 
t For the refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers energy conservation standards direct fmal rule, 
the compliance year (2029 or 2030) varies by product class. 38818 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
80U.S. Office of Management and Budget. 
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at 
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for- agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). 
DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003) as a result of the effective date of the new version. 
81EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at 
least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain products, a 3-year period after any new standard is 
promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may any new standards be required 
within 6 years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance date may 
yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some products, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years. 
3. National Impact Analysis 
This section presents DOE’s estimates 
of the national energy savings and the 
NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of the TSLs considered as potential amended standards. a. Significance of Energy Savings 
To estimate the energy savings 
attributable to potential amended standards for MREFs, DOE compared their energy consumption under the no- new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in 
the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with amended standards (2029–2058). Table V.25 presents DOE’s projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for MREFs. The savings were calculated using the approach described in section IV.H.2 of this document. 
OMB Circular A–480requires 
agencies to present analytical results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A–4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of product shipments. The choice of a 9- year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.
81The review 
timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to MREFs. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE’s analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results based on a 9- year analytical period are presented in Table V.26. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in 2029–2037. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.046</GPH> ER07MY24.047</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.24 Expected Compliance Dates for Multi-Product Joint Agreement 
Estimated Compliance Compliance Year in the Rule making Year based on EPCA 
Requirements Joint Agreement 
Consumer Clothes Dryers 2027 2028 
Residential Clothes Washers 2027 2028 
Consumer Conventional 2027 2028 Cooking Products 
Dishwashers 2027 2027* 
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-2027 2029 or 2030 depending 
Freezers, and Freezers on the product class 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration 2029 2029 Products 
*Estimated compliance year. The Joint Agreement states, "3 years after the publication of a final rule in the Federal 
Register." (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) 
Table V.25 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 30 Years of 
Shi ments 2029-2058 
Trial Standard Level 
1 2 3 4 
uads 
0.10 0.20 0.21 0.31 
0.10 0.20 0.22 0.32 5 
0.54 
0.55 38819 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
82U.S. Office of Management and Budget. 
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for- 
agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003) as a result of the effective date of the new version. 
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs 
and Benefits 
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of 
the total costs and savings for consumers that would result from the 
TSLs considered for MREFs. In accordance with OMB’s guidelines on regulatory analysis,
82DOE calculated 
NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3- percent real discount rate. Table V.27 
shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted over the lifetime of products purchased in 2029–2058. 
The NPV results based on the 
aforementioned 9-year analytical period 
are presented in Table V.28. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of products purchased in 2029–2037. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE’s analytical methodology 
or decision criteria. 
The previous results reflect the use of 
a default trend to estimate the change in 
price for MREFs over the analysis period (see section IV.H.3 of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis that considered a low benefits scenario which combines a lower rate of price decline and AEO 2023 Low Economic Growth, as well as a high benefits scenario which combines a higher rate of price decline and AEO 2023 High Economic Growth. The results of these alternative cases are presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. In the high benefits scenario where high-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of consumer 
benefits is higher than in the default case. In the low benefits scenario where low-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of consumer benefits is lower than in the default case. c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 
DOE estimates that amended energy 
conservation standards for MREFs will 
reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those products, with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that 
DOE considered. There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes (2029–2033), where these uncertainties are reduced. The results suggest that the adopted 
standards are likely to have a negligible 
impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is 
so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts. 
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of 
Products 
As discussed in section III.E.1.d of 
this document, DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not lessen the utility or performance of the MREFs under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.048</GPH> ER07MY24.049</GPH> ER07MY24.050</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.26 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 9 Years of Shipments 
2029-2037) 
Trial Standard Level 
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 
quads 
Primary energy 0.03 I 0.05 I 0.06 I 0.09 I 0.15 
FFC energy 0.03 I 0.06 I 0.06 I 0.09 I 0.15 
Table V.27 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs; 
30 Years of Shipments (2029-2058) 
Trial Standard Level 
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 
Billion 2022$ 
3 percent 0.49 I 0.72 I 0.87 I 0.77 I -1.68 
7 percent 0.19 I 0.24 I 0.31 I 0.17 I -1.36 
Table V.28 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs; 
9 Years of Shipments (2029-2037) 
Trial Standard Level 
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 
Billion 2022$ 
3 percent 0.17 I 0.23 I 0.29 I 0.20 I -0.91 
7 percent 0.09 I 0.10 I 0.14 I 0.04 I -0.83 38820 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
currently offer units that meet or exceed 
the adopted standards. 
5. Impact of Any Lessening of 
Competition 
DOE considered any lessening of 
competition that would be likely to result from amended standards. As discussed in section III.E.1.e of this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States (‘‘Attorney 
General’’) to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General in making this 
determination, DOE is providing DOJ with copies of this direct final rule and the direct final rule TSD for review. 
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve 
Energy 
Enhanced energy efficiency, where 
economically justified, improves the Nation’s energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the 
environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the direct final rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity- generating capacity, relative to the no- 
new-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. 
Energy conservation resulting from 
potential energy conservation standards for MREFs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.29 provides DOE’s estimate of cumulative emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD. 
As part of the analysis for this direct 
final rule, DOE estimated monetary 
benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO
2that DOE 
estimated for each of the considered TSLs for MREFs. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC– CO
2values that DOE used. Table V.30 
presents the value of CO 2emissions 
reduction at each TSL for each of the SC–CO 2cases. The time-series of annual 
values is presented for the selected TSL 
in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.051</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.29 Cumulative Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058 
Trial Standard Level 
1 2 3 4 5 
Electric Power Sector and Site Emissions 
CO2 (million metric tons) 1.64 3.33 3.63 5.32 9.12 
CHi (thousand tons) 0.12 0.25 0.27 0.40 0.68 
N2O (thousand tons) 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.10 
NOx (thousand tons) 0.77 1.57 1.70 2.50 4.28 
SO2 (thousand tons) 0.56 1.13 1.23 1.81 3.10 
Hg (tons) 0.00 0.01 O.oI 0.01 0.02 
Upstream Emissions 
CO2 (million metric tons) 0.16 0.33 0.36 0.53 0.91 
CHi (thousand tons) 14.90 30.19 32.88 48.24 82.73 
N2O (thousand tons) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 
NOx (thousand tons) 2.55 5.18 5.64 8.27 14.19 
SO2 (thousand tons) 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 
Hg (tons) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 
Total FFC Emissions 
CO2 (million metric tons) 1.81 3.66 3.99 5.85 10.03 
CHi (thousand tons) 15.02 30.44 33.15 48.64 83.41 
N2O (thousand tons) 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 
NOx (thousand tons) 3.33 6.75 7.34 10.77 18.47 
SO2 (thousand tons) 0.57 1.15 1.25 1.84 3.15 
Hg (tons) 0.00 0.01 O.oI 0.01 0.02 38821 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this 
document, DOE estimated the climate 
benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane and N
2O 
that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for MREFs. Table V.31 presents the value of the CH
4emissions 
reduction at each TSL, and Table V.32 presents the value of the N
2O emissions 
reduction at each TSL. The time-series of annual values is presented for the 
selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE is well aware that scientific and 
economic knowledge about the contribution of CO
2and other GHG 
emissions to changes in the future 
global climate and the potential resulting damages to the global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO
2 
and other GHG emissions. This ongoing 
review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the public 
record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards in this direct final rule would be economically justified even without inclusion of monetized benefits of 
reduced GHG emissions. 
DOE also estimated the monetary 
value of the economic benefits associated with NO
Xand SO 2emissions 
reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollar- per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this document. Table V.33 presents the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.052</GPH> ER07MY24.053</GPH> ER07MY24.054</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.30 Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-
2058 
SC-CO2 Case 
Discount Rate and Statistics 
TSL 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Average Average Average 95th percentile 
million 2022$ 
1 18.2 77.6 121.3 235.6 
2 36.9 157.5 246.1 478.1 
3 40.0 170.8 266.8 518.2 
4 58.6 250.3 391.1 759.4 
5 100.5 429.5 671.2 1,303.2 
Table V.31 Present Value of Methane Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 
2029-2058 
SC-CH4 Case 
Discount Rate and Statistics 
TSL 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Avera2:e Avera2:e Avera2:e 95th percentile 
million 2022$ 
1 6.9 20.7 28.9 54.8 
2 14.1 42.0 58.6 111.1 
3 15.3 45.6 63.6 120.6 
4 22.3 66.9 93.3 176.8 
5 38.4 114.8 160.3 303.6 
Table V.32 Present Value of Nitrous Oxide Emissions Reduction for MREFs 
Shipped in 2029-2058 
SC-N2O Case 
Discount Rate and Statistics 
TSL 5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Average Average Average 95th percentile 
million 2022$ 
1 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.7 
2 0.1 0.6 0.9 1.5 
3 0.2 0.6 0.9 1.6 
4 0.2 0.9 1.4 2.4 
5 0.4 1.5 2.4 4.1 38822 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
present value for NO Xemissions 
reduction for each TSL calculated using 
7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.34 presents similar results for SO
2emissions reductions. The 
results in these tables reflect application of EPA’s low dollar-per-ton values, which DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual values is presented 
for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. 
Not all the public health and 
environmental benefits from the reduction of greenhouse gases, NO
X, 
and SO 2are captured in the values 
above, and additional unquantified benefits from the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the amount of reduction is very small. 7. Other Factors 
The Secretary of Energy, in 
determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors were considered in this analysis. 
8. Summary of Economic Impacts 
Table V.35 presents the NPV values 
that result from adding the estimates of 
the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and NO
Xand SO 2 emissions to the NPV of consumer 
benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The consumer benefits are domestic U.S. 
monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered MREFs and are measured for the lifetime of products shipped in 2029–2058. The climate benefits associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2029– 2058. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.055</GPH> ER07MY24.056</GPH> ER07MY24.057</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.33 Present Value ofNOx Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 
2029-2058 
TSL 3% Discount Rate 7% Discount Rate 
million 2022$ 
1 155.0 60.6 
2 314.4 123.0 
3 341.0 133.0 
4 499.7 194.6 
5 857.1 333.1 
Table V.34 Present Value of SO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-
2058 
TSL 3% Discount Rate I 7% Discount Rate 
million 2022$ 
1 37.1 14.7 
2 75.3 29.9 
3 81.6 32.3 
4 119.6 47.2 
5 205.1 80.8 
Table V.35 Consumer NPV Combined with Present Value of Climate Benefits and 
Health Benefits 
Cate2orv TSL 1 TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 
Usin2 3% discount rate for Consumer NPV and Health Benefits /billion 2022$) 
5% Average SC-GHG case 0.7 1.1 1.3 1.3 -1.0 
3% Average SC-GHG case 0.8 1.2 1.4 1.6 -0.6 
2.5% Average SC-GHG case 0.8 1.4 1.6 1.7 -0.4 
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case 1.0 1.6 1.9 2.2 0.4 
Usinf( 7% discount rate for Consumer NPVand Health Benefits /billion 2022$) 
5% Average SC-GHG case 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.4 -1.1 
3% Average SC-GHG case 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 
2.5% Average SC-GHG case 0.4 0.7 0.8 0.8 -0.4 
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case 0.6 1.0 1.1 1.3 0.4 38823 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
83Gillingham and Palmer (2014), Gerarden et al. 
(2015) and Allcott and Greenstone (2012) discuss a 
wide range of potential factors contributing to the energy efficiency gap. 
84P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household 
Electricity Demand, Revisited. Review of Economic Studies. 2005. 72(3): pp. 853–883. doi: 10.1111/ 
0034–6527.00354. 
85Sanstad, A.H. Notes on the Economics of 
Household Energy Consumption and Technology Choice. 2010. Lawrence Berkeley National 
Laboratory. Available at www1.eere.energy.gov/ buildings/appliance_ standards/pdfs/consumer_ ee_
theory.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023). C. Conclusion 
When considering new or amended 
energy conservation standards, the 
standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or amended standard must also result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered the impacts of amended standards for MREFs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max- tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy. 
To aid the reader as DOE discusses 
the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE’s quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on employment. 
DOE also notes that the economics 
literature provides a wide-ranging discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue energy efficiency improvements, an issue known as the ‘‘energy efficiency gap’’. There is 
evidence that consumers undervalue future energy savings as a result of (1) a lack of information; (2) a lack of sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4) excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a divergence in incentives (for example, between renters and owners, or builders and purchasers).
83Having less than 
perfect foresight and a high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers 
may trade off these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between current consumption and uncertain future energy cost savings. 
In DOE’s current regulatory analysis, 
potential changes in the benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase decisions are included in two ways. First, if consumers forgo the purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy savings attributable only to products actually used by consumers in the standards case; if a standard decreases the number of products purchased by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. However, DOE’s current analysis does not explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences, preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.
84 DOE continues to explore additional 
potential updates to the quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard, and DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy conservation standards and potential enhancements to the methodology by which these impacts are defined and estimated in the regulatory process.
85 
DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future rulemakings. 
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for MREF Standards 
Tables V.36 and V.37 summarize the 
quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for MREFs. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029–2058). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel- cycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive orders and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this document in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions, including the Interim Estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838824 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.058</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.36 Summary of Analytical Results for MREFs TSLs Shipped in 2029-2058: 
National Impacts 
Catee:ory TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 
Cumulative FFC National Enere:y Savine:s 
Quads 0.10 0.20 0.22 0.32 0.55 
Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction 
CO2 (million metric tons) 1.81 3.66 3.99 5.85 10.03 
CH4 (thousand tons) 15.02 30.44 33.15 48.64 83.41 
N2O (thousand tons) 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 
NOx (thousand tons) 3.33 6.75 7.34 10.77 18.47 
SO2 (thousand tons) 0.57 1.15 1.25 1.84 3.15 
Hg (tons) 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (3% discount rate, billion 2022$) 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.62 1.26 1.37 2.00 3.44 
Climate Benefits* 0.10 0.20 0.22 0.32 0.55 
Health Benefits** 0.19 0.39 0.42 0.62 1.06 
Total Benefitst 0.91 1.85 2.01 2.94 5.04 
Consumer Incremental Product Costsl 0.13 0.54 0.50 1.23 5.12 
Consumer Net Benefits 0.49 0.72 0.87 0.77 -1.68 
Total Net Benefits 0.78 1.31 1.51 1.71 -0.07 
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (7% discount rate, billion 2022$) 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.27 0.54 0.59 0.86 1.47 
Climate Benefits* 0.10 0.20 0.22 0.32 0.55 
Health Benefits** 0.08 0.15 0.17 0.24 0.41 
Total Benefitst 0.44 0.90 0.97 1.42 2.43 
Consumer Incremental Product Costs:!: 0.07 0.30 0.28 0.69 2.83 
Consumer Net Benefits 0.19 0.24 0.31 0.17 -1.36 
Total Net Benefits 0.37 0.60 0.69 0.73 -0.40 
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 
2029-2058. These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2058 from the products 
shipped in 2029-2058. 
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the SC-CO2, SC-C~ and SC-N2O. 
Together, these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate 
benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE 
emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG 
estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates 
presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim 
Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. 
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only 
monetizing (for NOx and SO2) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health 
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from 
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. The health benefits are presented at real discount rates of 3 and 7 
percent. See section IV.L of this document for more details. t Total and net benefits include consumer, climate, and health benefits. For presentation purposes, total 
and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 
3-percent discount rate. 
! Costs include incremental equipment costs. 38825 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
DOE first considered TSL 5, which 
represents the max-tech efficiency 
levels. For coolers (i.e., FCC, FC, BICC, 
and BIC), which account for approximately 82 percent of MREF shipments, DOE expects that products would require use of VIPs, VSCs, and triple-glazed doors at this TSL. DOE expects that VIPs would be used in the products’ side walls. In addition, the products would use the best-available- efficiency variable-speed compressors, forced-convection heat exchangers with 
multi-speed brushless-DC (‘‘BLDC’’) fans, and increase in cabinet wall thickness as compared to most baseline products. TSL 5 would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an amount which DOE considers significant. Under TSL 5, the NPV of consumer benefit would be negative, i.e., ¥$1.36 billion using a discount rate 
of 7 percent, and ¥$1.68 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 5 are 10.0 Mt of CO
2, 3.15 
thousand tons of SO 2, 18.5 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.4 
thousand tons of CH 4, and 0.10 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 5 is $0.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.059</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.37 Summary of Analytical Results for MREF TSLs: Manufacturer and 
Consumer Impacts 
Category TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSL5 
Manufacturer Impacts 
Industry NPV (million 
2022$) (No-new- 773.7 to 758.7 to 761.9 to 715.6 to 386.7 to 
standards case INPV = 777.2 770.6 772.1 747.4 524.5 
807.7) 
Industry NPV (% (4.2) to (6.l)to (5.7) to (11.4) to (52.l)to 
change) (3.8) (4.6) (4.4) (7.5) (35.1) 
Consumer A vera2e LCC Savin2s (2022$) 
FCC 17.53 17.55 
17.55 12.97 (58.75) 
BICC 16.08 1.53 1.53 1.53 (97.38) 
FC 21.06 21.06 45.59 26.22 (265.96) 
BIC 18.99 19.27 53.56 53.56 (293.40) 
C-3A 30.95 30.95 30.95 30.95 (242.46) 
C-3A-BI 36.19 36.19 36.19 36.19 (249.95) 
C-13A 24.36 37.86 37.86 10.60 (89.25) 
Shipment-Weighted 37.52 21.11 25.23 15.24 (99.49) Average • 
Consumer Simple PBP <, ears) 
FCC 2.0 5.0 5.0 6.8 13.0 
BICC 2.4 8.1 8.1 8.1 15.4 
FC 6.5 6.5 4.2 8.5 29.9 
BIC 6.9 9.0 4.4 4.4 31.7 
C-3A 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 45.4 
C-3A-BI 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 42.0 
C-13A 1.1 1.3 1.3 7.3 19.5 
Shipment-Weighted 2.6 4.7 4.3 7.1 17.1 Average • 
Percent of Consumers that Experience a Net Cost 
FCC 1.9 30.6 30.6 46.8 81.6 
BICC 0.9 15.1 15.1 15.1 23.7 
FC 10.0 10.0 1.8 44.0 98.2 
BIC 19.2 52.7 4.6 4.6 98.4 
C-3A 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 99.6 
C-3A-BI 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 99.3 
C-13A 0.3 0.6 0.6 47.2 93.9 
Shipment-Weighted 3.1 22.9 20.3 43.7 84.5 Average • 
Parentheses indicate negative (-) values. 
* Weighted by shares of each product class in total projected shipments in 2029. 38826 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
reduced SO 2and NO Xemissions at TSL 
5 is $0.4 billion using a 7-percent 
discount rate and $1.1 billion using a 3- percent discount rate. 
Using a 7-percent discount rate for 
consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
2and NO X 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.4 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.07 billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and framework for along with appropriate consideration of its full range of statutory factors when determining whether a proposed standard level is economically justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission reductions, and impacts on manufacturers. 
At TSL 5, for the product classes with 
the largest market share, which are FCC, FC, and C–13A and together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, the LCC savings are all negative (¥$45.3, ¥$178.8, and 
¥$73.4, respectively) and their payback periods are 13.0 years, 29.9 years, and 19.5 years, respectively, which are all longer than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 81.6 percent, 98.2 percent, and 93.9 percent due to increases in first 
cost of $185.0, $420.5, and $167.5, respectively. Overall, a majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative for all analyzed product classes. 
At TSL 5, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $421.0 million to a decrease of $283.2 million, which corresponds to decreases of 51.2 percent and 35.1 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $555.1 million to comply with standards set at TSL 5. 
DOE estimates that approximately 2.9 
percent of current MREF shipments meet the max-tech levels. For FCC, FC, and C–13A, which together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, DOE estimates that zero shipments currently meet max-tech efficiencies. 
At TSL 5, manufacturers would likely 
need to implement all the most efficient design options analyzed in the engineering analysis. Manufacturers that do not currently offer products that 
meet TSL 5 efficiencies would need to develop new product platforms, which would require significant investment. Conversion costs are driven by the need for changes to cabinet construction, such as increasing foam insulation thickness and/or incorporating VIP technology. Increasing insulation thickness could result in a loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior volume. If manufacturers chose to maintain exterior dimensions, increasing insulation thickness would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. Incorporating VIPs into MREF designs could also require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the efficiency benefit of this technology. In addition to insulation changes, manufacturers may need to implement triple-pane glass, which could require implementing reinforced hinges and redesigning the door structure. 
At this level, DOE estimates a 13- 
percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of baseline models. 
At TSL 5 for MREFs, the Secretary 
concludes that the benefits of energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many consumers, negative NPV of consumer benefits, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the significant potential reduction in INPV. A majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative. Additionally, manufacturers would need to make significant upfront investments to update product platforms. The potential reduction in INPV could be as high as 52.1 percent. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 5 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered the 
Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), which 
represents EL 3 for all analyzed product classes except for C–3A and C–3A–BI, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 1 
and BIC, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 2. At the Recommended TSL, products of most classes would use high-efficiency single-speed compressors with forced- convection evaporators and condensers using brushless DC fan motors. Doors would be double-glazed with low- conductivity gas fill (e.g., argon) and a single low-emissivity glass layer. 
Products would not require use of VIPs, but the FC product class would require thicker walls than corresponding baseline products. The Recommended TSL would save an estimated 0.32 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $0.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.77 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at the Recommended TSL are 5.9 Mt of CO
2, 1.8 thousand tons of SO 2, 10.8 
thousand tons of NO X, 0.01 tons of Hg, 
48.6 thousand tons of CH 4, and 0.06 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at the Recommended TSL is $0.3 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
2and NO X 
emissions at the Recommended TSL is $0.2 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $0.6 billion using a 3-percent discount rate. 
Using a 7-percent discount rate for 
consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
2and NO X 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $0.7 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $1.7 billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and framework for determining whether a standard level is economically justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission reductions, and impacts on manufacturers. 
At the Recommended TSL, for the 
product classes with the largest market share, which are FCC, FC, and C–13A, the LCC savings are $12.6, $28.0, and $12.0, respectively, and their payback periods are 6.8 years, 8.5 years, and 7.3 years, respectively, which are all shorter 
than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 46.8 percent, 44.0 percent, and 47.2 percent, and increases in first cost for these classes are $91.7, $360.9, and $124.3, respectively. Overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838827 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
86The refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 
freezers rulemaking (88 FR 12452); consumer 
conventional cooking products rulemaking (88 FR 6818); residential clothes washers rulemaking (88 
FR 13520); consumer clothes dryers rulemaking (87 FR 51734); and dishwashers rulemaking (88 FR 32514) utilized a 2027 compliance year for analysis at the proposed rule stage. The miscellaneous refrigeration products rulemaking (88 FR 12452) utilized a 2029 compliance year for the NOPR analysis. percent of MREF consumers would 
experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). 
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 
4), the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $92.1 million to a decrease of $60.3 million, which correspond to decreases of 11.4 percent and 7.5 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $130.7 million to comply with standards set at Recommended TSL. 
DOE estimates that approximately 3.9 
percent of shipments currently meet the required efficiencies at the Recommended TSL. For most product classes (i.e., FCC, BICC, BIC, C–13A, C– 
13A–BI, C–3A, C–3A–BI), DOE expects manufacturers could reach the required efficiencies with relatively straightforward component swaps, such as implementing incrementally more efficient compressors, rather than the full platform redesigns required at max- tech. DOE expects that FC manufacturers would need to increase foam insulation thickness and incorporate variable-speed compressor systems at this level. At the Recommended TSL, DOE estimates a 4- percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of baseline models. 
After considering the analysis and 
weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary has concluded that at a standard set at the recommended TSL for MREFs would be economically justified. At this TSL, the average LCC savings are positive for all product classes for which an amended standard is considered, with a shipment- weighted average of $15.2 savings. The FFC national energy savings are significant and the NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3- percent and 7-percent discount rate. The standard levels at TSL 4 are 
economically justified even without weighing the estimated monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included— representing $0.3 billion in climate benefits (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $0.6 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $0.2 billion (using a 7- percent discount rate) in health benefits—the rationale becomes stronger still. 
As stated, DOE conducts the walk- 
down analysis to determine the TSL that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified as required under EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically justified, which would be contrary to the statute. See 86 FR 70892, 70908. Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the adopted energy conservation standards, DOE notes that the Recommended TSL represents the option with positive LCC savings ($15.2) for all product classes compared to TSL 5 (¥$99.5). Further, when comparing the cumulative NPV of consumer benefit using a 7% discount rate, TSL 4 ($0.7 billion) has a higher benefit value than TSL 5 (¥$0.4 billion), while for a 3- 
percent discount rate, TSL 4 ($1.7 billion) is also higher than TSL 5 (¥$0.07 billion), which yields negative NPV in both cases. These additional savings and benefits at the Recommended TSL are significant. DOE considers the impacts to be, as a whole, economically justified at the Recommended TSL. 
Although DOE considered amended 
standard levels for MREFs by grouping the efficiency levels for each product class into TSLs, DOE evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. For all product classes, except for BIC and C–3A–BI, the amended standard level represents the maximum energy savings that does not result in negative LCC savings. DOE did not include efficiency levels with negative LCC savings in any TSLs with the exception of TSL 5, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. Specifically, for FC, FCC, BICC, C–13 A, and C13–A–BI, DOE did not include EL4 in a TSL due to negative LCC savings, and for C–3A, DOE did not include EL 2 or 3, and for C–3A–BI, DOE did not include EL 3 for the same reason. For BIC and C–3A–BI, the standard level represents the maximum energy savings that is economically justified. For BIC, DOE did not include EL4 in any TSL due to negative LCC savings. TSL 4, the Recommended TSL and the one adopted here, includes an EL for BIC that is lower than the EL at TSL 2. That is because TSL 2 represents ENERGY STAR for all product classes for which an ENERGY STAR criterion exists, including EL 3 for BIC. As such, DOE analyzed TSL 2 with a higher efficiency level for BIC than TSL 4 because of the ENERGY STAR criterion. TSL 4 also includes an EL for C–3A–BI, EL1, that is lower than another EL, EL2, that has positive LCC savings. DOE has considered standards at those ELs for those products and found them not to be 
economically justified. Although these ELs have positive LCC savings, they would result in a majority of purchasers experiencing a net cost (53% and 57%, respectively). Further, for BIC products, DOE expects some manufacturers would likely need to increase insulation thickness to meet efficiency levels above EL 2, which could require new cabinet designs and fixtures. Due to the high percentage of consumers with a net cost and the extensive redesigns that would be needed to support EL3, DOE has concluded that this efficiency level for BIC is not economically justified. However, at the Recommended TSL (EL 2 for BIC), DOE expects manufacturers could likely meet the efficiency level required for BIC without significant redesign. The ELs at the amended standard level result in positive LCC savings for all product classes and reduce the decrease in INPV and conversion costs to the point where DOE has concluded they are economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the preceding paragraphs. 
Therefore, based on the previous 
considerations, DOE adopts the energy conservation standards for MREFs at the Recommended TSL. 
While DOE considered each potential 
TSL under the criteria laid out in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) as discussed in the preceding paragraphs, DOE notes that the Recommended TSL for MREFs in this direct final rule is part of a multi- product Joint Agreement covering six rulemakings (RFs; MREFs; conventional cooking products; residential clothes washers; consumer clothes dryers; and dishwashers). The signatories indicate that the Joint Agreement for the six rulemakings should be considered as a joint statement of recommended standards, to be adopted in its entirety. As discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document, many MREF OEMs also manufacture RFs, conventional cooking products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and dishwashers. Rather than requiring compliance with five amended standards in a single year (2027),
86the 
negotiated multi-product Joint Agreement staggers the compliance dates for the five amended standards 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838828 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
87AHAM has submitted written comments 
regarding cumulative regulatory burden for the 
other five rulemakings included in the multi- product Joint Agreement. AHAM’s written comments on cumulative regulatory burden are 
available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE- 2017-BT-STD-0003-0069 (pp. 19–22) for 
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; 
www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD- 0005-2285 (pp. 44–47) for consumer conventional 
cooking products; www.regulations.gov/comment/ 
EERE-2017-BT-STD-0014-0464 (pp. 40–44) for residential clothes washers; www.regulations.gov/ 
comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0058-0046 (pp. 12– 
13) for consumer clothes dryers; and www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2019-BT-STD- 0039-0051 (pp. 21–24) for dishwashers. over a 4-year period (2027–2030). In 
response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM expressed concerns about the timing of ongoing home appliance rulemakings. Specifically, AHAM commented that the combination of the stringency of DOE’s proposals, the short lead-in time required under EPCA to 
comply with standards, and the overlapping timeframe of multiple standards affecting the same manufacturers represents significant cumulative regulatory burden for the home appliance industry. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 13) AHAM has submitted similar comments to other ongoing 
consumer product rulemakings.
87 
However, as AHAM is a key signatory of the Joint Agreement, DOE understands that the compliance dates recommended in the Joint Agreement would help reduce cumulative regulatory burden. These compliance 
dates help relieve concern on the part of some manufacturers about their ability to allocate sufficient resources to comply with multiple concurrent amended standards, about the need to align compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs, and about the ability of 
their suppliers to ramp up production of key components. The Joint Agreement also provides additional years of regulatory certainty for manufacturers and their suppliers while still achieving the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. 
The amended energy conservation 
standards for MREFs, which are 
expressed in kWh/yr, are shown in Table V.38. 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.060</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.38 Amended Ener!!V Conservation Standards for MREFs 
Equations for maximum 
Product class energy use 
(kWh/yr) 
1. Freestanding compact coolers ("FCC") 5.52AV + 109.1 
2. Freestanding coolers ("FC") 5.52AV + 109.1 
3. Built-in compact coolers ("BlCC") 5.52AV + 109.1 
4. Built-in coolers ("BlC") 6.30A V + 124.6 
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic defrost 4.llAV + 117.4 
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic 4.67AV + 133.0 
defrost 
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer -automatic 5.47AV + 196.2 + 281 
defrost with bottom-mounted freezer 
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 
rwithout an automatic icemaker 
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic 6.38AV + 168.8 + 281 
defrost without an automatic icemaker 
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic 4.74AV + 155.0 
defrost 
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator- 5.22AV + 170.5 
automatic defrost 
lA. V = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B 
of 10 CFR part 430. 
[ = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic 
icemaker. 38829 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the 
Adopted Standards 
The benefits and costs of the adopted 
standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the benefits from operating products 
that meet the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy), minus increases in product purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits. Table V.39 shows the annualized 
values for MREFs under the Recommended TSL, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. 
Using a 7-percent discount rate for 
consumer benefits and costs and NO
X 
and SO 2reduction benefits, and a 3- 
percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product operating costs, $18.3 million in climate 
benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year. Using a 3- percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the adopted standards for MREFs is $70.8 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $35.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $98 million per year. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838830 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.061</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8Table V.39 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards Shipped in 2029-
2058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL) for MREFs 
Million 2022$/year 
Primary Low-Net-Benefits High-Net-Benefits 
Estimate Estimate Estimate 
3% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 115.0 111.5 116.3 
Climate Benefits* 18.3 17.7 18.5 
Health Benefits** 35.6 34.5 36.0 
Total Monetized Benefitst 168.9 163.7 170.7 
Consumer Incremental Product 70.8 74.9 68.7 Costs:t 
Net Benefits 98.0 88.8 102.0 
Change in Producer Cashflow (7.7) -(5.0) (INPV)tt 
7% discount rate 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings 90.6 88.1 91.5 
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate) 18.3 17.7 18.5 
Health Benefits** 25.6 24.9 25.8 
Total Benefitst 134.4 130.7 135.7 
Consumer Incremental Product 72.7 75.8 70.9 Costs:t 
Net Benefits 61.7 54.9 64.8 
Change in Producer Cashflow (7.7) -(5.0) (INPV):t:t 
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the 
products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize 
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High 
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline 
rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in 
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section 
IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to 
rounding. 
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of 
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average 
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point 
estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four 
sets ofSC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the 
interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and 
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order I 3990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. 
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only 
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health 
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from 
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. 38831 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory 
Review 
A. Review Under Executive Orders 
12866, 13563, and 14094 
Executive Order (‘‘E.O.’’) 12866, 
‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, ‘‘Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,’’ 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094, ‘‘Modernizing Regulatory Review,’’ 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (‘‘OIRA’’) in the Office of Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles. 
Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also 
requires agencies to submit ‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ within the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866. DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in this preamble and further detail can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking. 
B. Review Under the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act 
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘FRFA’’) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by E.O. 13272, 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8
ER07MY24.062</GPH>khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-
percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate. t Costs include incremental equipment costs. 
UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis 
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts 
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the 
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price 
experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on 
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the 
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, 
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the direct final 
rule's expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry 
cash flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. 
The annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 
7.7 percent that is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD 
for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized 
change in INPV ranges from $7.7 million to $5.0 million. DOE accounts for that range oflikely impacts in 
analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE 
is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation 
of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer 
Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE 
assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in 
manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above 
table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context 
for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in 
production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were 
to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net 
benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from 
$54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values. 38832 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities 
in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel’s website (www.energy.gov/gc/ office-general-counsel). 
DOE is not obligated to prepare a 
regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking because there is not a requirement to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative Procedure Act. See 5 
U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed previously, DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement meets the necessary requirements under EPCA to issue this direct final rule for energy conservation standards for MREFs under the procedures in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE notes that the NOPR for energy conservation standards for MREFs published elsewhere in this Federal Register contains an IRFA. 
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act 
Manufacturers of MREFs must certify 
to DOE that their products comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE test procedures for MREFs, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including MREFs. (See generally 10 CFR part 429). The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (‘‘PRA’’). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910–1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. 
Notwithstanding any other provision 
of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
Pursuant to the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (‘‘NEPA’’), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance with NEPA and DOE’s NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer products or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for application of a categorical exclusion. See 10 CFR 1021.410. 
Therefore, DOE has determined that promulgation of this direct final rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement. 
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 
E.O. 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 64 FR 
43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes certain 
requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this direct final rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this direct final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no further action is required by Executive 
Order 13132. 
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 
With respect to the review of existing 
regulations and the promulgation of 
new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform,’’ imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5) adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988. 
G. Review Under the Unfunded 
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates 
Reform Act of 1995 (‘‘UMRA’’) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838833 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
‘‘significant intergovernmental 
mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE’s policy statement is also available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/ documents/umra_ 97.pdf. 
DOE has concluded that this direct 
final rule may require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such expenditures may include (1) investment in research and development and in capital expenditures by MREF manufacturers in the years between the direct final rule and the compliance date for the new standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase higher-efficiency MREFs, starting at the compliance date for the applicable standard. 
Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a 
Federal agency to respond to the content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that accompanies the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. This 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and 
the TSD for this direct final rule respond to those requirements. 
Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is 
obligated to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m), this direct final rule establishes amended energy conservation standards for MREFs that are designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both technologically feasible and economically justified, as required by 6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct final rule. H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 
Section 654 of the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule or policy that may affect family well-being. Although this direct final rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution as defined, this rule could impact a family’s well-being. When developing a Family Policymaking Assessment, agencies must assess whether: (1) the action strengthens or erodes the stability or safety of the family and, particularly, the marital commitment; (2) the action strengthens or erodes the authority and rights of parents in the education, nurture, and supervision of their children; (3) the action helps the family perform its functions, or substitutes governmental activity for the function; (4) the action increases or decreases disposable income or poverty of families and children; (5) the proposed benefits of the action justify the financial impact on the family; (6) the action may be carried out by State or local government or by the family; and (7) the action establishes an implicit or explicit policy concerning the relationship between the behavior and personal responsibility of youth, and the norms of society. 
DOE has considered how the 
proposed benefits of this direct final rule compare to the possible financial impact on a family (the only factor listed that is relevant to this rule). As part of its rulemaking process, DOE must determine whether the energy conservation standards contained in this direct final rule are economically justified. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, DOE has determined that the standards are economically justified because the benefits to consumers far outweigh the costs to manufacturers. Families will also see LCC savings as a result of this direct final rule. Further, the standards will also result in climate and health benefits for families. 
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 
Pursuant to E.O. 12630, 
‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference 
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 
Section 515 of the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M–19–15, Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/ 12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf. DOE has reviewed this 
direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines. 
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 
E.O. 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning 
Regulations That Significantly Affect 
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. 
DOE has concluded that this 
regulatory action, which sets forth amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this direct final rule. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838834 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
88The 2007 ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards 
Rulemaking Peer Review Report’’ is available at the 
following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/ downloads/energy-conservation-standards- rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed 
November 29, 2023). 
89The report is available at 
www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of- methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment- 
performance-standards (last accessed November 29, 
2023). L. Information Quality 
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in 
consultation with the Office of Science 
and Technology Policy (‘‘OSTP’’), issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (‘‘the Bulletin’’). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government’s scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ‘‘influential scientific information,’’ which the Bulletin defines as ‘‘scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions.’’ 70 FR 2664, 2667. 
In response to OMB’s Bulletin, DOE 
conducted formal peer reviews of the 
energy conservation standards development process and the analyses that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer review.
88 
Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/ scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. Because available data, models, and technological understanding have changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of Sciences to review DOE’s analytical methodologies to ascertain whether modifications are needed to improve DOE’s analyses. DOE is in the process of evaluating the resulting report.
89 
M. Congressional Notification 
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will 
report to Congress on the promulgation of this direct final rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory 
Affairs has determined that this action meets the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2). 
VII. Approval of the Office of the 
Secretary 
The Secretary of Energy has approved 
publication of this direct final rule. 
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430 
Administrative practice and 
procedure, Confidential business 
information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses. 
Signing Authority 
This document of the Department of 
Energy was signed on April 10, 2024, by 
Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the Federal Register. 
Signed in Washington, DC, on April 11, 
2024. 
Treena V. Garrett, Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. 
Department of Energy. 
For the reasons set forth in the 
preamble, DOE amends part 430 of 
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set 
forth below: 
PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION 
PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 
■1. The authority citation for part 430 
continues to read as follows: Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. 
2461 note. 
■2. Amend § 430.32 by revising 
paragraph (aa) to read as follows: 
§ 430.32 Energy and water conservation 
standards and their compliance dates. 
* * * * * 
(aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration 
products. The energy standards as 
determined by the equations of the 
following table(s) shall be rounded off to the nearest kWh per year. If the equation calculation is halfway between the nearest two kWh per year values, the standard shall be rounded up to the higher of these values. 
(1) Coolers. (i) Coolers manufactured 
on or after October 28, 2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
Product class AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
(A) Freestanding com-
pact. ............................ 7.88AV + 155.8 
(B) Freestanding. ............ 7.88AV + 155.8 
(C) Built-in compact. ....... 7.88AV + 155.8 
(D) Built-in. ...................... 7.88AV + 155.8 
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, ex-
pressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to 
subpart B of this part. 
(ii) Coolers manufactured on or after 
January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
Product class AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
(A) Freestanding com-
pact. ............................ 5.52AV + 109.1 
(B) Freestanding. ............ 5.52AV + 109.1 
(C) Built-in compact. ....... 5.52AV + 109.1 
(D) Built-in. ...................... 6.30AV + 124.6 
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, ex-
pressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to 
subpart B of this part. 
(2) Combination cooler refrigeration 
products. (i) Combination cooler 
refrigeration products manufactured on or after October 28, 2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
Product class AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
(A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................................. 4.57AV + 130.4 
(B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................ 5.19AV + 147.8 
(C) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ...................................................... 5.58AV + 147.7 
(D) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ..................................... 6.38AV + 168.8 
(E) C–9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................................... 5.58AV + 231.7 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES838835 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 
Product class AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
(F) C–9I–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................... 6.38AV + 252.8 
(G) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ........................................................................................... 5.93AV + 193.7 
(H) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ........................................................................... 6.52AV + 213.1 
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. 
(ii) Combination cooler refrigeration 
products manufactured on or after January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual 
Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
Product class AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
(A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................................................... 4.11AV + 117.4 
(B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. 4.67AV + 133.0 
(C) C–5–BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer with automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer ........................ 5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I 
(D) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................................ 5.58AV + 147.7 + 28I 
(E) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................ 6.38AV + 168.8 + 28I 
(F) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. 4.74AV + 155.0 
(G) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................. 5.22AV + 170.5 
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. I = 1 for a product with an auto-
matic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. 
* * * * * 
[FR Doc. 2024–08001 Filed 5–6–24; 8:45 am] 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8